TW201140240A - Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern forming method, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing photopolymerization initiator - Google Patents

Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern forming method, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing photopolymerization initiator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201140240A
TW201140240A TW100106359A TW100106359A TW201140240A TW 201140240 A TW201140240 A TW 201140240A TW 100106359 A TW100106359 A TW 100106359A TW 100106359 A TW100106359 A TW 100106359A TW 201140240 A TW201140240 A TW 201140240A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
substituted
group
unsubstituted
ring
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
TW100106359A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI501035B (en
Inventor
Hiroko Amano
Hiroshi Sakai
Original Assignee
Dainippon Printing Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dainippon Printing Co Ltd filed Critical Dainippon Printing Co Ltd
Publication of TW201140240A publication Critical patent/TW201140240A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI501035B publication Critical patent/TWI501035B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/82Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles
    • C07D209/86Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the ring system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D411/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D411/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D411/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a photopolymerization initiator, which has excellent phase-solubility to a compound having ethylenic unsaturatured bond, a compound having ether bond and/or ester bond and being liquid at 25 DEG C, in a photocurable composition, and the solubility to solvent is high, sensitivity to light (especially, the light with short wave length of 450nm and less) is high, no pollution caused by produced resolvent by light during exposure in polymer or in equipment. It is provided a photopolymerization initiator capable of forming a photocurable composition that has excellent resolution, development, deep part hardness and cohesion to substrate, having the following structure. Further, it is provided a photocurable composition containing the said photopolymerization initiator, a pattern forming method using the said photocurable composition, a color filter using the said photocurable composition, and a liquid crystal display device having the said color filter. Moreover, it is provided a simple and easy method for producing the photopolymerization initiator in low cost. (wherein R1 to R11 represent hydrogen atom, alkyl and the like; R3 is optionally together with R4 or R5 to form a ring; R4 is optionally together with R5 to form a ring; Ar represents aryl or heteroaryl; W represents a single bond or oxygen atom; Z represents a single bond, oxygen or > NR3' (R3' represents alkyl, or R3' links to R3 and is together with nitrogen oxygen to form a ring); n represents an integer of 1 to 10; plural R4 or R5 are optionally same or different each other).

Description

201140240 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是關於一種光聚 使用該組成物之圖案形成方 片、具有該彩色濾光片之液 劑之製造方法。更詳而言, 與光硬化性組成物中之具有 有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在 25 °C 對溶劑(包括前述之具有醚 之化合物)的溶解性爲高, 以下之短波長的光)的感度 的分解物而導致聚合物之污 劑,可用於提供一種解析度 板之密著性成爲良好的光硬 發劑之光硬化性組成物;使 成方法:使用該光硬化性組 色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置; 法。 【先前技術】 光硬化性樹脂組成物是 單體及光聚合引發劑者,由 線等放射線之電磁波)而使 硬化性印墨、感光性印刷版 從使用難易度或感度等的觀 合引發劑、光硬化性組成物、 法、使用該組成物之彩色濾光 晶顯示裝置,以及光聚合引發 關於一種光聚合引發劑,其係 烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物、具 爲液體之化合物的相溶性、及 鍵及/或酯鍵且在25°C爲液體 對光(特別是波長爲450 nm 爲高、無因曝光時之光所產生 染或裝置之污染的光聚合引發 、顯影性、深部硬化性及與基 化性組成物;含有該光聚合引 用該光硬化性組成物之圖案形 成物之彩色濾光片:具有該彩 以及該光聚合引發劑之製造方 含有例如黏合劑樹脂或聚合性 於可藉由照射光(含有粒子射 其聚合硬化,因此被使用於光 、彩色濾光片、各種光阻等。 點,可使光硬化性樹脂組成物 201140240 硬化之光大部份是使用450 nm以下的波長之 ),其光源是利用在波長爲365 nm、405 nm 波長具有強烈發光的高壓水銀燈、或KrF ( ArF (氟化氬)等之準分子雷射。此外,在使 圖案形成的情況,則檢討可適用於電子射線或 紫外光:Extreme Ultra Violet)等之波長短的 射線。 利用光的硬化,由於其係比熱硬化方式爲 或藉由隔著光罩而照射即可使得吾所欲圖案硬 種用途領域之需求高,尤其是對於提高生產性 光聚合引發劑之添加量的高感度光聚合性引發 求是日益增高。 此外,使用顏料分散法之彩色濾光片通常 板塗布經將顏料以分散劑等加以分散而成之顏 光硬化性組成物並加以乾燥後,使用光罩進行 顯影來形成著色圖案,且以加熱使得圖案固定 。將此等步驟就各色反覆進行以形成彩色濾光 於.如此之彩色濾光片的畫像形成之光硬化性組 充分的解析性、與基板之密著性及低顯影殘渣 並且,近年來已演進到利用色濃度高的畫 可發揮遮光層功能之高光學濃度的黑色矩陣用 光硬化性組成物中的著色顏料或碳黑等黑色顏 高,因此光硬化性組成物的光透射性則有降低 結果,來自曝光光源之光則無法到達光硬化性 光(紫外線 、436 nm 之 氟化氪)及 用於更微細 EUV (極端 電磁波或放 節約能源、 化等,在各 ,且可減少 劑方面之需 是在玻璃基 料分散液與 曝光且加以 而形成畫素 片。對使用 成物是要求 等特性。 素或其本身 光阻,使得 料之含量增 的傾向。其 樹脂塗膜之 201140240 深部,以致有解析性、與基板之密著性及顯影性等惡化的 問題,因此生產性、或對彩色濾光片要求之精度、以及可 靠性降低。 此外,用於形成彩色濾光片的玻璃基板一向是逐年地 大型化且採取大面積曝光,因此有曝光照度變小的傾向、 或爲更進一步提高生產性而要求縮短曝光時間,因此已演 進到需要一種具有更高感度之光聚合引發劑。 因此,爲獲得可達成高感度及高解析度等光硬化性組 成物之方法,已揭示一種使用肟酯化合物作爲光聚合引發 劑之提案(參閱發明專利文獻1至5 )。 〔先前技術文獻〕 (發明專利文獻) (發明專利文獻1 )發明專利第3 8 6 0 1 7 0號說明書 (發明專利文獻 2 )日本發明專利特開第 2006-036750號公報 (發明專利文獻3 )發明專利第3992725號說明書 (發明專利文獻 4 )日本發明專利特開第 2010-037542號公報 (發明專利文獻5 )韓國公開發明專利第2009-0046108號公報 【發明內容】 〔發明所欲解決之技術問題〕 在發明專利文獻1至5中’所揭述之光聚合引發劑由 於感度、解析度、顯影性、及相溶性或溶解性、特別是與 201140240 光硬化性組成物中之具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物(特別 是具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之化合物)的相溶性或對溶劑 的溶解性是不足夠、使用條件受限,還有更進一步改善的 餘地。此外,在發明專利文獻1至5中,所揭述之光聚合 引發劑在曝光時因光所產生的分解物會附著於遮罩,其結 果,在烙印時會造成圖案形成不良而導致收率降低。因此 ,一直希望一種所產生的分解物不致於污染聚合物或裝置 等之光聚合引發劑。 因此,本發明之技術問題爲提供一種光聚合引發劑, 其係與光硬化性組成物中之具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物 (特別是具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之化合物)、具有醚鍵 及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物的相溶性、及對溶劑 (包含前述之具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 t爲液體之化合 物)的溶解性爲高、對光(特別是波長爲4 5 0 nm以下之 短波長的光)的感度爲高、無因曝光時之光所產生的分解 物而導致聚合物之污染或裝置之污染的光聚合引發劑,且 可提供一種解析度、顯影性、深部硬化性及與基板之密著 性成爲良好的光硬化性組成物。此外,提供一種含有該光 聚合引發劑之光硬化性組成物、使用該光硬化性組成物之 圖案形成方法、使用該光硬化性組成物之彩色濾光片及具 . 有該彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置。更進一步,提供一種可 以低成本簡便地製造該光聚合引發劑之方法。 〔解決問題之技術方法〕 本發明之發明人爲達成前述技術問題而經專心硏討結 201140240 果’發現只要爲以後述之通式(I-a)所代表的特定結f薄 之光聚合引發劑時,則可解決前述技術問題。 亦即,本發明是關於下述第〔1〕至〔23〕項。 〔1〕一種以下列通式(I )所代表的光聚合引發劑:[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a method of producing a liquid crystal using the pattern forming sheet of the composition and a liquid material having the color filter. More specifically, the solubility in the photocurable composition having an ether bond and/or an ester bond at 25 ° C for a solvent (including a compound having an ether described above) is high, and the following short wavelength light is used. a sensitizing decomposition product which causes a polymer stain, which can be used to provide a photocurable composition in which the adhesion of the resolution plate becomes a good photohardening agent; a method of making: using the photocurable group color Filter liquid crystal display device; method. [Prior Art] The photocurable resin composition is a monomer and a photopolymerization initiator, and an emissive initiator for the use of a curable ink or a photosensitive printing plate from the ease of use or sensitivity, such as an electromagnetic wave of radiation such as a line. , a photocurable composition, a method, a color filter crystal display device using the composition, and a photopolymerization initiator for a photopolymerization initiator, which is a compound of an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a phase of a compound having a liquid Solubility, and bond and/or ester bond, at 25 ° C for liquid versus light (especially at a wavelength of 450 nm, no photopolymerization caused by light exposure or device contamination, developability, deep a curable and base composition; a color filter comprising the photopolymerizable pattern former of the photocurable composition: having the color and the photopolymerization initiator produced, for example, a binder resin or a polymerization It is possible to use light to irradiate light (containing particles to cure it by polymerization), and therefore it is used for light, color filters, various photoresists, etc. Point, photocurable resin composition 201140240 Most of the light is based on wavelengths below 450 nm. The light source is a high-pressure mercury lamp with strong luminescence at 365 nm and 405 nm, or a quasi-laser laser with KrF (ArF). Further, in the case of forming a pattern, it is possible to review a radiation having a short wavelength such as an electron beam or an ultraviolet light (Extreme Ultra Violet). The curing by light is due to the fact that it is thermally hardened or separated by light. The irradiation with the cover makes the demand for the hard-use field of the desired pattern high, and in particular, the high-sensitivity photopolymerization initiation for increasing the amount of the production photopolymerization initiator is increasing. Further, the pigment dispersion method is used. The color filter is usually coated with a photo-curable composition obtained by dispersing a pigment as a dispersant or the like, and then dried, and then developed using a photomask to form a colored pattern, and the pattern is fixed by heating. The step is repeated for each color to form a color filter. The photo-curable group formed by the image of such a color filter has sufficient resolution and adhesion to the substrate. In addition, in recent years, it has been developed to achieve a black color such as a coloring pigment or a carbon black in a photohardenable composition for a black matrix which exhibits a high optical density of a light-shielding layer by using a paint having a high color density. The light transmittance of the composition is reduced, and the light from the exposure source cannot reach the photocurable light (ultraviolet rays, 436 nm of cesium fluoride) and is used for finer EUV (extreme electromagnetic waves or energy saving, etc. In each, and the reducing agent needs to be in the glass base dispersion and exposed to form a pixel sheet. The use of the product is required to have characteristics such as the element or its own photoresist, so that the content of the material increases In the deep portion of 201140240 of the resin coating film, there is a problem that the resolution, the adhesion to the substrate, and the developability are deteriorated, so that the productivity, accuracy, and reliability required for the color filter are lowered. Further, since the glass substrate for forming a color filter has been enlarged in size year by year and has been exposed to a large area, there is a tendency that the exposure illuminance is small, or that it is required to shorten the exposure time in order to further improve productivity, and thus has progressed to There is a need for a photopolymerization initiator having a higher sensitivity. Therefore, in order to obtain a photocurable composition which can achieve high sensitivity and high resolution, a proposal has been made to use an oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator (see Patent Documents 1 to 5). [Previous Technical Document] (Invention Patent Document) (Invention Patent Document 1) Invention Patent No. 3 8 6 0 1 7 No. (Invention Patent Document 2) Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-036750 (Invention Patent Document 3) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-037542 (Invention Patent Document 5) Korean Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-0046108 [Summary of the Invention] Technical Problem] The photopolymerization initiators disclosed in 'Patent Documents 1 to 5' have sensitivity, resolution, developability, and compatibility or solubility, particularly with the olefinic bond in the 201140240 photocurable composition. The compatibility of a compound having an unsaturated bond (particularly a compound having a (meth) propylene methoxy group) or solubility in a solvent is insufficient, the use conditions are limited, and there is still room for further improvement. Further, in Patent Documents 1 to 5, the photopolymerization initiator disclosed in the photopolymerization initiator adheres to the mask due to light at the time of exposure, and as a result, pattern formation is poor at the time of branding, resulting in a yield. reduce. Therefore, it has been desired to produce a decomposition initiator which does not contaminate a photopolymerization initiator such as a polymer or a device. Therefore, the technical problem of the present invention is to provide a photopolymerization initiator which is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a photocurable composition (particularly a compound having a (meth)acryloxy group), The solubility of a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C, and the solubility of a solvent (including a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond as described above and being a liquid at 25 t) is high. A photopolymerization initiator which has a high sensitivity to light (especially a short-wavelength light having a wavelength of 450 nm or less) and which does not cause contamination of a polymer or contamination of a device due to decomposition products generated by light upon exposure. Further, it is possible to provide a photocurable composition which is excellent in resolution, developability, deep hardenability, and adhesion to a substrate. Further, a photocurable composition containing the photopolymerization initiator, a pattern forming method using the photocurable composition, a color filter using the photocurable composition, and a color filter are provided. Liquid crystal display device. Further, a method of easily producing the photopolymerization initiator at a low cost is provided. [Technical method for solving the problem] The inventors of the present invention have focused on the above-mentioned technical problems, and have found that it is a thin photopolymerization initiator which is a specific junction f represented by the following formula (Ia). The aforementioned technical problem can be solved. That is, the present invention relates to the following items [1] to [23]. [1] A photopolymerization initiator represented by the following formula (I):

(式中,R1至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、 原子、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之燒_ 、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、趨 取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至10 烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4至20之環% 基、羥基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20 $ 烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20 氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷_ 基(alkanoyl group)、經取代或未經取代之碳數 爲2至20之嫌酿基(alkenoyl group)、經取代或 未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之芳基或經取 代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至14之雜環 基;R3是可與R4或R5 —起形成環,R4是可與R5 -10- 201140240 —起形成環; 此外’ Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形碑 數爲6至14之芳基或經取代或未經取 碳 之原子數爲5至14之雜芳基; V 環 W是代表單鍵或氧原子;Z是代表單鍵、氧 >NR3’(R3’是代表經取代或未經取代之碳數爲\ 至20之烷基’或R是與r3連接而與氮原子—起 形成環); 是代表1主 、 η爲2至丨0之整數的情 〔2〕 況,複數個R4及R5是各自可爲相同或不同)。 如第〔1〕項之光聚合引發劑,其係可以下列通式 (I-a)所代表: η(wherein R1 to R11 are independently a hydrogen atom, an atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom having a number of 3 to 10 alkyl groups, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 4 to 20, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 1 to 20 $ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 2 to 20 oxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or not Substituted alkenoyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom a heterocyclic group of 3 to 14; R3 may form a ring together with R4 or R5, and R4 may form a ring together with R5-10-201140240; and 'Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted monument The number of 6 to 14 aryl groups or substituted or uncarbonated heteroaryl groups having 5 to 14 atomic numbers; V ring W is a single bond or an oxygen atom; Z is a single bond, oxygen > NR 3' (R3' is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having a carbon number of \ to 20' or R is bonded to r3 and forms a ring with a nitrogen atom; represents 1 main, and η is 2 to 丨In the case of an integer of 0 [2], a plurality of R4 and R5 may each be the same or different). The photopolymerization initiator according to item [1], which can be represented by the following formula (I-a): η

原子、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基 '經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯基、經 取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至10之環 院基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯 基、經基 '經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之 -11 - 201140240 烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯 氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷醯 基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯醯基 、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之 芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至 14之雜環基;R3是可與R4或R5 —起形成環,R4 是可與R5 —起形成環; 此外,Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳 數爲6至14之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環 之原子數爲5至14之雜芳基; η是代表1至10之整數,η爲2至1〇之整數的情 況,複數個R4及R5是各自可爲相同或不同)。 〔3〕如第〔2〕項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通式(i_a )中’ R1、R2及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲1至20之院基,η爲2,複數個R4 及R5是各自獨地爲氫原子或經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷基,Ar是經取代或未經取代 之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基。 〔4〕 如第〔2〕項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通式( )中’ R1、R2及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲1至2〇之院基’η爲2,複數個r4 及R5是各自獨ϋ地爲氫原子或經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之院基’ Ar是經取代或未經取代 之形成環之原子數爲5至14之雜芳基。 -12- 201140240 〔5〕 如第〔3〕或〔4〕項之光聚合引發劑 5 1 5以下。 〔6〕如第〔2〕項之光聚合引發劑,其中在Atom, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted, having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted ring forming atoms a ring of 3 to 10, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 2 0 - 201140240 alkoxy a substituted, unsubstituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl alkano group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20 olefinic group, substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 ring atoms; R3 It may form a ring together with R4 or R5, and R4 may form a ring together with R5; further, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or substituted or not The substituted heteroaryl group having a ring number of 5 to 14; η is an integer representing 1 to 10, and η is an integer of 2 to 1 ,, and a plurality of R4 and R5 may each be the same or different) . [3] The photopolymerization initiator according to [2], wherein in the formula (i-a), 'R1, R2 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted, having a carbon number of 1 to 20 a group, η is 2, and a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon number. It is an aryl group of 6 to 14. [4] The photopolymerization initiator according to [2], wherein in the formula ( ), R1, R2 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 2 Å. The base 'η is 2, and the plurality of r4 and R5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20'. Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom. The number is a heteroaryl group of 5 to 14. -12- 201140240 [5] The photopolymerization initiator of item [3] or [4] is not more than 5 1 5 . [6] The photopolymerization initiator according to item [2], wherein

江5¾通式(I )中’ N及R2是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代3 之碳數爲1至2 0之院基’ R3是經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲3至18之環烷基’n爲2,複數個 r5是各自獨立地爲氫原子或經取代或未經取代之 碳數爲1至20之烷基。 〔7〕如第〔2〕項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通式a )中’ R1及R2是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷基,R3是經形成環之原子數 爲3至6之環狀醚基所取代之碳數爲1至2〇之院 基,η爲2,複數個R/及R5是各自獨立地爲氫原 子或經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2〇之院基。 〔8〕 如第〔6〕或〔7〕項之光聚合引發劑,其分子量爲 5 5 0以下。 〔9〕如第〔1〕項之光聚合引發劑,其係可以下列通式 (I - b )所代表: •13- 201140240 丫1 η 〇、ΜIn the general formula (I), 'N and R2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted 3, and the carbon number is from 1 to 20'. The R3 is substituted or unsubstituted, and the carbon number is 3 to The cycloalkyl group 'n of 18 is 2, and the plurality of r5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. [7] The photopolymerization initiator according to [2], wherein in the formula a), 'R1 and R2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, R3 Is a hospital group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 取代 substituted by a cyclic ether group having 3 to 6 atomic groups forming a ring, η is 2, and a plurality of R/ and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or substituted Or unsubstituted carbon bases of 1 to 2 inches. [8] The photopolymerization initiator according to item [6] or [7], which has a molecular weight of 550 or less. [9] The photopolymerization initiator according to item [1], which can be represented by the following formula (I - b): • 13- 201140240 丫1 η 〇, Μ

(式中,R1至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素 原子、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之院基 '經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經 取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至10之環 烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯 基、羥基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之 烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯 氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷醯 基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯醯基 、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之 芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至 14之雜環基;(wherein R1 to R11 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 20', and the substituted or unsubstituted carbon number is 2 to 20 Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 ring atoms, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxy group, substituted or unsubstituted Alkoxy groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl alkano groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atomic number a heterocyclic group of 3 to 14;

Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6 至14之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子 數爲5至14之雜芳基; W是代表單鍵或氧原子;Z是代表單鍵、氧原子或 > NR3 ( R3是代表經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1 -14- 201140240Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms; W is a single bond or Oxygen atom; Z represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or > NR3 (R3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 -14 - 201140240

至2〇之烷基,或R3’是與R3連接而與氮原子〜 形成環))。 I 山职地巩I I-b )中’ R1及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷基’w是氧原 一 一 厂乙疋單鍵 或氧原子,Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳 數爲6至14之芳基。 〔1 1〕如第〔1 0〕項之光聚合引發劑,其中更進—步V 是具有以一 OCOR13 ( R丨3是代表碳數爲}至2〇之 院基或形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基)或 C〇〇R2〇 ( 是代表碳數爲1至2〇之烷基或形成 環之碳數爲6至14之芳基)所代表的酯基之碳數 爲1至20之烷基。 〔12〕如第〔9〕項之光聚合引發劑’其中在該通式(H )中’ R1及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之院基,w是單鍵,z是〉NR3’ (R3’是如前述之定義所示),Ar是經取代或未經 取代之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基。 〔13〕如第〔12〕項之光聚合引發劑,其中更進—步R2 是具有以一 〇COR13(R13是代表碳數爲1至20之 烷基或形成環之碳數爲 6至14之芳基)或-CO〇R2Q(R2Q是代表碳數爲!至20之烷基或形成 環之碳數爲6至14之芳基)所代表的酯基之碳數 爲1至20之烷基。 -15- 201140240 〔14〕 一種光硬化性組成物,其係含有黏合劑樹脂及/或 具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物、及如第〔1〕至〔 .1 3〕項中任一項之光聚合引發劑。 〔15〕 如第〔14〕項之光硬化性組成物,其中光聚合引 發劑之含量相對於光硬化性組成物之固體成分爲2 至5 0質量%。 〔16〕 如第〔14〕或〔1 5〕項之光硬化性組成物,其中 更進一步含有顏色材料。 [17]如第〔1 4〕至〔1 6〕項中任一項之光硬化性組成 物,其中更進一步相對於1質量份之光聚合引發劑 而含有5至100質量份之具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在 2 5 °C爲液體之化合物。 〔1 8〕 如第〔1 4〕至〔1 6〕項中任一項之光硬化性組成 物,其中具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物是使用至少 一種具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵的具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之 化合物,且含有之溶劑僅爲光硬化性組成物總量之 1 0質量%以下。 〔19〕 如第〔1 6〕至〔1 8〕項中任一項之光硬化性組成 物,其係用於彩色濾光片。 〔20〕一種彩色濾光片,其係使用如第〔16〕至〔18〕 項中任一項之光硬化性組成物。 〔21〕一種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有如第〔20〕項之彩 色濾光片與對置基板、及形成於該彩色濾光片與該 對置基板間之液晶層。 -16- 201140240 〔22〕 一種圖案形成方法’其係藉由在基板上塗布如第 〔1 6〕至〔1 8〕項中任~項之光硬化性組成物,經 乾燥後使用光罩加以曝光,接著進行顯影。 〔23〕一種光聚合引發劑之製造方法,其係藉由下列步 驟而獲得以下列通式(I - a 1 )所代表的光聚合引發 劑:An alkyl group to 2 Å, or R3' is bonded to R3 and a nitrogen atom to form a ring)). I In the case of I Ib), R1 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having a carbon number of 1 to 20, which is an oxygen atom, a single bond or an oxygen atom. Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14. [1 1] The photopolymerization initiator according to item [10], wherein the further step V is a carbon number having a hospital base or a ring formed by an OCOR13 (R丨3 is a carbon number of ≤2) The carbon number of the ester group represented by an aryl group of 6 to 14 or C 〇〇 R 2 〇 (which is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å or an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 forming a ring) is An alkyl group of 1 to 20. [12] The photopolymerization initiator according to item [9], wherein in the formula (H), 'R1 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted, and the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 20, w is a single bond, z is >NR3' (R3' is as defined above), and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14. [13] The photopolymerization initiator according to item [12], wherein the further step R2 is one having a ruthenium COR13 (R13 is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 or a ring forming carbon number of 6 to 14) The aryl group) or -CO〇R2Q (R2Q is an alkyl group having a carbon number of -20 or an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 forming a ring), and the number of carbon atoms of the ester group is 1 to 20 base. -15- 201140240 [14] A photocurable composition comprising a binder resin and/or a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and any one of the items [1] to [.13] Photopolymerization initiator. [15] The photocurable composition according to item [14], wherein the content of the photopolymerization initiator is from 2 to 50% by mass based on the solid content of the photocurable composition. [16] The photocurable composition according to item [14] or [15], which further contains a color material. [17] The photocurable composition according to any one of [1] to [6], further comprising 5 to 100 parts by mass of an ether bond with respect to 1 part by mass of the photopolymerization initiator And/or an ester bond and a liquid compound at 25 ° C. [1] The photocurable composition according to any one of [1] to [6] wherein the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is at least one having an ether bond and/or an ester bond. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the solvent contained therein is only 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the photocurable composition. [19] The photocurable composition according to any one of [6] to [18], which is used for a color filter. [20] A color filter comprising the photocurable composition according to any one of [16] to [18]. [21] A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter and the counter substrate of the item [20], and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. -16- 201140240 [22] A pattern forming method by applying a photocurable composition according to any one of items [16] to [18] on a substrate, and drying it, using a photomask Exposure followed by development. [23] A process for producing a photopolymerization initiator which is obtained by the following steps to obtain a photopolymerization initiator represented by the following formula (I - a 1 ):

R3 (式中,R1 至 R3、R4’、r5’、1^6至 Rii 及 Al•是如 下述定義所示), 該步驟係包括:將以下列通式(1 )所代表的咔唑 (carbazole)衍生物: R6 R11R3 (wherein R1 to R3, R4', r5', 1^6 to Rii and Al• are as defined below), the step comprising: carbazole represented by the following formula (1) Carbazole derivatives: R6 R11

(式中’ R6至Rll是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素 胃子' 經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基 '經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經 $代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至10之環 & ® '經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯 •17- 201140240 基、羥基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20 烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之 氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷 基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯醯 、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至1 4 芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3 14之雜環基), 與以下列通式(2〇所代表的丙烯酸酯衍生物: r4-^A〇^R3 (2a) R5· (式中,R3、R4’及R5’是各自獨立地代表氫原子 鹵素原子、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20 烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯 、經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至 之環烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4至2 0 環烯基、羥基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1 2 0之烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至 之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0 烷醯基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至2 0之 醯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6 1 4之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子 爲3至14之雜環基,R3是可與r5’ —起形成環) 在驗的存在下進行反應而獲得以下列通式(3 a, 所代表的羰基烷基導入體: 之 烯 醯 基 之 至 之 基 10 之 至 20 之 烯 至 數 I ) -18- 201140240 R6 R11(wherein R6 to R11 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen stomach, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the substituted or unsubstituted carbon number is 2 to 20 Alkenyl, ring-substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atoms having a ring number of 3 to 10 & ® 'substituted or unsubstituted ring olefins having a carbon number of 4 to 20 • 17- 201140240, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to 20 alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to 20 oxy group, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to 20 alkyl group , substituted or unsubstituted olefin having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon number of 6 to 14 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atomic number Is a 3 14 heterocyclic group), and an acrylate derivative represented by the following formula (2〇: r4-^A〇^R3 (2a) R5· (wherein R3, R4' and R5' are each A halogen atom independently representing a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20 alkyl groups, a substituted or unsubstituted olefin having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming ring original a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 4, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 4 to 20 cycloalkenyl groups, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted Or unsubstituted carbon number 2 to alkenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 1 to 20 alkyl alkano group, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 2 to 20 fluorenyl group The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 14 or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom is a heterocyclic group of 3 to 14, and R 3 is formed together with r 5 '. Ring) The reaction is carried out in the presence of a test to obtain a carbonyl alkyl group-introducing body represented by the following formula (3 a, the olefin group of the group 10 to 20 olefin to the number I) -18- 201140240 R6 R11

所示); R11是如前述之定義 將所獲得羰基烷基導入體跑 (4 )Shown; R11 is as defined above, the obtained carbonyl alkyl group is introduced (4)

邦以下列通式 )所代表的兩種醯化劑: 0The two deuteration agents represented by the following formula: 0

R2 Λ X, (5) (式中’ X是代表鹵素原子球 —〜〇C( = 〇)Ar , X,是 代表齒素原子或—〇C( = . 形成環之碳數爲6 代之形成環之原子R2 Λ X, (5) (wherein X represents a halogen atomic sphere -~〇C( = 〇)Ar , X, represents a dentate atom or —〇C( = . The number of carbon atoms forming the ring is 6 generations Ring forming atom

Ar是代表經取代或未經取代$ 至14之芳基或經取代或未經取 數爲5至14之雜芳基; R疋代表氫原子 '鹵素原子、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之院基 '經取代或未經取代之碳 數爲2至20之烯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環 之原子數爲3至1 0之環烷基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基 '經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲1至20之烷氧基、經取代或未經取 -19- 201140240 代之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷醯基、經取代或未經取代之 碳數爲2至20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取代之形 成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基或經取代或未經取代 之形成環之原子數爲3至14之雜環基), 在路易斯酸(Lewis acid)的存在下進行反應而獲 得以下列通式(6a’)所代表的二酮(diketone)體Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group of from 14 to 14 or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group of 5 to 14; R 疋 represents a hydrogen atom 'halogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming ring having 3 to 10 atomic number, substituted or Unsubstituted carbon 4 to 20 cycloalkenyl, hydroxy' substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted -19-201140240 carbon number 2 to 20 alkenyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halo group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted The aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 formed by a ring or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having a ring number of 3 to 14) is obtained by conducting a reaction in the presence of a Lewis acid (Lewis acid) a diketone body represented by the following general formula (6a')

•20- 201140240 以及將所獲得肟體與以下列通式(8 )所代表的酷 化劑進行反應而獲得通式(I_a 1 )所代表的光聚合弓丨 發劑: 人 (8)• 20-201140240 and reacting the obtained carcass with a cooling agent represented by the following general formula (8) to obtain a photopolymerization bow represented by the general formula (I_a 1 ): People (8)

R1 Y (式中,Y是代表鹵素原子或一OChCOR1; 此外,R1是代表氣原子、鹵素原子、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基、經取代或未經取 代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯基、經取代或未經取代之 形成環之原子數爲3至10之環烷基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基、經取代 或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷氧基、經取代或 未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷醯基、經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲2至20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取 代之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基或經取代或未 經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至14之雜環基)。 〔發明之功效〕 本發明之光聚合引發劑,由於對光(特別是45 0 nm 以下的短波長之光,例如波長365 nm或波長405 nm之光 )的感度非常高,可加以薄膜化、形成低成本且高品質之 圖案°並且,與具有烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵之化合物、具有醚 鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物的相溶性、及對溶 劑(包含前述之具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 t爲液體之化 合物)的溶解性爲高,也可調製無溶劑之光硬化性組成物 -21- 201140240 ,此外,在彩色濾光片用之光硬化性組成物方面,光聚合 引發劑之添加量的選擇範圍廣闊’結果可提高感度、解析 度、顯影性及深部硬化性。 向來,藉由將各種取代基賦予於光聚合引發劑來一邊 提高分子量一邊提高對溶劑的溶解性,本發明之光聚合引 發劑是分子量比較小,可減少對光硬化性組成物之添加量 ,加上比先前的光聚合引發劑爲與具有烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵 之化合物、具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物 的相溶性、及對溶劑(包含前述之具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且 在 2 5 °C爲液體之化合.物)的溶解性爲高,具有優異的感 度、解析度及顯影性、以及與基板之密著性。 【實施方式】 〔用以實施本發明之形態〕 〔光聚合引發劑〕 本發明之光聚合引發劑是可以下列通式(I )所代表 〇x/R1R1 Y (wherein Y represents a halogen atom or an OChCOR1; further, R1 represents a gas atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted An alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 An alkylene group of 20 to 20, a substituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 or substituted or unsubstituted The substituted heterocyclic group having a ring number of 3 to 14). [Effect of the Invention] The photopolymerization initiator of the present invention has a high sensitivity to light (especially a short-wavelength light of 45 nm or less, for example, a light having a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm), and can be thinned, Forming a low-cost and high-quality pattern and compatibility with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being liquid at 25 ° C, and a solvent (including the foregoing The solubility of a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 t is high, and a solvent-free photocurable composition can also be prepared - 21-201140240, and light for a color filter is used. In terms of the curable composition, the selection amount of the photopolymerization initiator is broad, and as a result, the sensitivity, the resolution, the developability, and the deep hardenability can be improved. In the present invention, the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention has a relatively small molecular weight and can reduce the amount of the photocurable composition by increasing the molecular weight while imparting various substituents to the photopolymerization initiator. In addition, the photopolymerization initiator is compatible with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C, and a solvent (including the foregoing) The compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C has high solubility, and has excellent sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion to a substrate. [Embodiment] [Formation for carrying out the invention] [Photopolymerization initiator] The photopolymerization initiator of the invention can be represented by the following formula (I) 〇x/R1

(式中,R1至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素原子、 -22- 201140240 經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經取代或未經取代之形 成環之原子數爲3至1〇之環烷基、經取代或未經取代之 碳數爲4至20之環烯基、翔.基、經取代或未經取代之碳 數爲1至20之烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至 2〇之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2〇之烷醯 基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯醯基、經取 代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至】4之芳基或經取代 或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至M之雜環基, 可與R或R5 —起形成環,R4是可與R5 —起形成環; 此外,Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數 爲6至14之方基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數 爲5至14之雜芳基; ‘ W是代表單鍵或氧原子;z是代表單鍵、氧原子或> NR3 ( R3是代表經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2〇之烷 基,或R3是與R3連接而與氮原子—起形成環)·, η是代表1至10之整數,„爲2至1〇之整數的情況 ’複數個R4及R5是各自可爲相同或不同)。 此外,在以通式(I )所代表的本發明之光聚合引發 劑中,從本發明之功效的觀點,則較佳爲以下列通式(^ 〇所代表的光聚合引發劑(相當於單鍵、ζ:氧原子 的情況)及以下列通式(1-b )所代表的光聚合引發劑( 相當於η是1的情況)。 •23- 201140240(wherein R1 to R11 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -22- 201140240 substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 2 Alkenyl group to 20, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 1 ring atomic number, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, s. A substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 2 Alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted olefinic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 4 carbon atoms forming a ring or substituted or unsubstituted The substituted heterocyclic group having a ring number of 3 to M may form a ring together with R or R5, and R4 may form a ring together with R5; further, Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted ring. a carbon number of 6 to 14 or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group forming a ring having 5 to 14 atoms; 'W is a single bond or an oxygen atom; z is a single bond, an oxygenogen Or > NR3 (R3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms substituted or unsubstituted, or R3 is bonded to R3 and forms a ring with a nitrogen atom), and η represents 1 to 10 In the case of the integer of 2 to 1 ', the plural R4 and R5 may each be the same or different. Further, in the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention represented by the general formula (I), The viewpoint of the effect of the invention is preferably a photopolymerization initiator represented by the following formula (^ which is equivalent to a single bond, a hydrazine: an oxygen atom) and represented by the following formula (1-b) Photopolymerization initiator (corresponding to the case where η is 1). • 23- 201140240

(I 一a ) ( I —b ) 上式中,R1至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素原 子、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基、經取代 或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經取代或未經取代 之形成環之原子數爲3至10之環烷基、經取代或未經取 代之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲 2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之 烷醯基、碳數爲2至20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取代之 形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形 成環之原子數爲3至14之雜環基》另外,在通式(I-a) 中,R3是可與R4或R5 —起形成環,此外,R4是可與R5 一起形成環。 此外,Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數 爲6至1 4之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數 爲5至14之雜芳基。 通式(I-b)中之W是代表單鍵或氧原子:此外,通 -24- 201140240 式(Ib)中之Z是代表單鍵 表經取代或未經取代之碳數爲 V連接而與氮原子〜起形成環 、氧原子或> NR3’( R3’是代 1至20之烷基,或R3’是與 通式(I-a)中之 1 〇之整數的情況,複 η是代表丨至。之整數,n爲2至 數個R4及R5是各自可爲相同或不同 從成爲低分子量的觀點、與具有烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵之 化合物的相溶性(在下文中,則簡單地稱爲「相溶性」) 或對溶劑的溶解性(在下文中,則簡單地稱爲「溶解性」 )的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則η較佳爲2至8之整數 ’更佳爲2至4之整數,進一步更佳爲2。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之鹵素原子而言,例 如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲1至20之烷 基而言,可舉例直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀,例如甲基、乙基、正 丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、三級丁基、正戊基、異 戊基、正己基、正辛基、2-乙基-正辛基、正癸基、正十 二烷基等。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或 溶解性的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲碳數爲1至 10之烷基,更佳爲碳數爲1至5之烷基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲2至20之烯 基而言,可舉例直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀’例如乙烯基、嫌丙基 、7 -辛烯基等。此等之中’從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶 -25- 201140240 性或溶解性的觀點及製造容易性的觀點’則較佳爲碳數爲 2至10之烯基,更佳爲碳數爲2至6之烯基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之形成環之原子數爲3 至10之環烷基而言,可舉例環丙基、環戊基、環己基、 環辛基等。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或 溶解性的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲形成環之原 子數爲3至6之環烷基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲4至20之環 烯基而言,可舉例環戊烯基、環己烯基、環己二烯基、環 辛烯基等。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或 溶解性的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲碳數爲4至 1〇之環烯基,更佳爲碳數爲4至6之環烯基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲1至20之烷 氧基而言,可舉例烷基部位爲前述碳數爲1至20之烷基 者。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或溶解性 的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲碳數爲1至1 〇之 烷氧基,更佳爲碳數爲1至5之烷氧基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲2至20之烯 氧基而言,可舉例烯基部位爲前述碳數爲2至20之烯基 者。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或溶解性 的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲碳數爲2至1 0之 烯氧基,更佳爲碳數爲2至6之烯氧基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲1至20之烷 醯基而言,可舉例直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀,例如甲烷醯基、乙 -26- 201140240 烷醯基、正丙烷醯基、異丙烷醯基、正丁烷醯基、三級丁 烷醯基、正己烷醯基、正辛烷醯基、正癸烷醯基、正十二 烷醯基等。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或 溶解性的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲碳數爲1至 10之烷醯基,更佳爲碳數爲1至5之烷醯基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之碳數爲2至20之烯 醯基而言,可舉例直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀,例如乙烯醯基、正 丙烯醯基、異丙烯醯基、正丁烯醯基、三級丁烯醯基、正 己烯醯基、正辛烯醯基、正癸烯醯基、正十二烯醯基等。 此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或溶解性的觀 點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲碳數爲2至1 0之烯醯 基,更佳爲碳數爲2至6之烯醯基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之形成環之碳數爲6 至14之芳基而言,可舉例例如苯基、萘基、蒽基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之形成環之原子數爲3 至14之雜環基而言,可舉例例如2-呋喃基、2-苯硫基、 2-吡啶基、以下式(A )所代表的基(在下文中,則稱爲 「取代基(A )」)(I - a ) ( I - b ) In the above formula, R 1 to R 11 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or not a substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 An alkanoyl group to 20, an olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom Further, in the formula (Ia), R3 may form a ring together with R4 or R5, and further, R4 may form a ring together with R5. Further, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms. W in the formula (Ib) represents a single bond or an oxygen atom: Further, Z in the formula (Ib) represents a single bond, and the substituted or unsubstituted carbon number is V-bonded with nitrogen. The atom ~ is formed into a ring, an oxygen atom or > NR3' (R3' is an alkyl group of 1 to 20, or R3' is an integer of 1 〇 in the formula (Ia), and the complex η represents 丨 to The integer, n is 2 to several R4 and R5 are each the same or different from the viewpoint of becoming a low molecular weight, and are compatible with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond (hereinafter, simply referred to as "Compatibility" or a viewpoint of solubility in a solvent (hereinafter, simply referred to as "solubility") and ease of production, η is preferably an integer of 2 to 8' more preferably 2 to An integer of 4, more preferably 2. In terms of a halogen atom independently represented by R1 to R11, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc., the carbon independently represented by R1 to R11 For the alkyl group having 1 to 20, a linear or branched chain such as methyl, ethyl or n-propyl may be exemplified. , isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, 2-ethyl-n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecane Among these, from the viewpoint of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 carbon number is preferred. The alkyl group of 5 to 5. The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms independently represented by R1 to R11 may, for example, be a linear or branched chain such as a vinyl group, a propyl group, or a 7-octyl group. Alkenyl group, etc. Among these, 'from the viewpoint of being a low molecular weight, the viewpoint of compatibility -2540 to 201140240, solubility and solubility, and ease of production' are preferably alkenyl groups having a carbon number of 2 to 10, more The alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. The cyclopropyl group, the cyclopentyl group and the cyclohexyl group are exemplified as the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 atoms forming a ring independently represented by R1 to R11. Cyclooctyl group, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, it is preferred that the number of atoms forming the ring is 3 a cycloalkyl group of 6. A cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, a cyclohexadienyl group, a cyclooctene group can be exemplified as the cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms independently represented by R1 to R11. Among these, a cycloalkenyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 1 Å, more preferably a carbon number, is preferred from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production. The cycloalkenyl group is 4 to 6. In the case of the alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms independently represented by R1 to R11, the alkyl moiety is exemplified by the above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Among these, from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Torr is preferable, and a carbon number is preferably 1 to 1. 5 alkoxy groups. With respect to the alkoxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms independently represented by R1 to R11, the alkenyl group may be exemplified by the above-mentioned alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Among these, from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 10 is preferred, and a carbon number of 2 is more preferred. 6 alkenyloxy. With respect to the alkyl fluorenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms independently represented by R1 to R11, a linear or branched chain such as methane fluorenyl group, ethyl -26-201140240 alkyl fluorenyl group, n-propane group can be exemplified. Anthracenyl, isopropane fluorenyl, n-butane fluorenyl, tertiary butane fluorenyl, n-hexane fluorenyl, n-octane fluorenyl, n-decyl fluorenyl, n-dodecyl fluorenyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, an alkane group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 is preferred, and a carbon number of 1 to 5 is more preferred. Alkyl group. The olefinic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms independently represented by R1 to R11 may, for example, be a linear or branched chain, for example, an ethylene fluorenyl group, a n-propenyl fluorenyl group, an isopropylene fluorenyl group, or a positive Butenyl group, tertiary butenyl group, n-hexenylene group, n-octene fluorenyl group, n-decene fluorenyl group, n-dodecenyl group, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, an ene group having a carbon number of 2 to 10 is preferable, and a carbon number of 2 is more preferable. 6 olefinic group. With respect to the aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which are independently represented by R1 to R11, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or an anthracenyl group can be exemplified. With respect to the heterocyclic group in which R1 to R11 are each independently represented to form a ring having 3 to 14 atomic atoms, for example, 2-furyl group, 2-phenylthio group, 2-pyridyl group, and the following formula (A) are exemplified. The base represented (hereinafter, referred to as "substituent (A)")

S 等之形成環之原子數爲5至14之不飽和雜環基;2•四氫 呋喃基、3 -四氫呋喃基、吡咯啶基、哌啶基、2,2,6,6 -三 甲基哌啶-4-基等之形成環之原子數爲3至1〇之飽和雜環 基。此等之中,從成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或溶解性 -27· 201140240 的觀點及製造容易性的觀點,則較佳爲形成環之原子數爲 5至6之不飽和雜環基、形成環之原子數爲3至6之飽和 雜環基。 此外,前述所謂的「R3與R4或R5是一起形成環」, 如以η = 2、W是單鍵及Z是氧原子的情況爲例時,則可 以下式說明,其中於右側所例示之環爲其具體實例。An unsaturated heterocyclic group having a ring number of 5 to 14 formed by S; etc.; 2•tetrahydrofuranyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, 2,2,6,6-trimethylpiperidine The -4- group or the like forms a saturated heterocyclic group having 3 to 1 atomic number of atoms. Among these, from the viewpoint of the viewpoint of low molecular weight, compatibility or solubility, and the ease of production, it is preferred to form an unsaturated heterocyclic group having 5 to 6 atoms in the ring. A saturated heterocyclic group having a ring number of 3 to 6 is formed. Further, the above-mentioned "R3 and R4 or R5 together form a ring", for example, when η = 2, W is a single bond, and Z is an oxygen atom, it can be explained by the following formula, which is exemplified on the right side. The ring is a concrete example.

就R4與R5 —起所形成的環而言,可舉例例如環戊基 環、環辛基環等之形成環之碳數爲3至10(較佳爲3至6 )之環。 另外,R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之前述烷基、烯基 、環烷基、環烯基、烷氧基 '烯氧基、烷醯基、烯醯基、 芳基及雜環基是可具有取代基。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之烷基、烯基之取代 基而言,可舉例羥基:羧基:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等 之直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至1〇, 進一步較佳爲1至5)之烷氧基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳 數爲2至18(較佳爲2至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之 嫌氧基,直鍵狀或分枝鍵狀之碳數爲2至18(較佳爲2 至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之烯硫基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈 狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至1〇,進一步較佳爲1至 5)之烷硫基;碳數爲5至18(較佳爲5至10)之環稀基 -28- 201140240 ’環丙基、環戊基、環己基等之碳數爲3至18(較佳爲3 至10’進一步較佳爲3至6)之環烷基:苯氧基等之形成 環之碳數爲ό至10之芳氧基;氟原子、氯原子、漠原子 、碘原子等之鹵素原子;氧原子(=〇);硫原子(=s:); 氰基;硝基;三甲基砂院基等之三院基矽院基;三甲氧基 砂院基等之三院氧基砂院基;苯基、萘基、恵基等之形成 環之碳數爲6至14(較佳爲6至10)之芳基;_c〇r12; 〜NHCOOR1 -OCOR13 ; — NR14R15 ; — NHCOR1 CONR18R19 : - COOR20 ; — S03NR21R22 ; 一 s〇3r23 :環氧 基或四氫呋喃基等之形成環之原子數爲3至6之環狀酸基 、2 -噻吩基' 2-吡啶基、呋喃基、噻唑基、苯并噻哩基、 嗎琳基、即述取代基(A )等之飽和或不飽和之形成環之 原子數爲3至10(較佳爲3至6)之雜環基等。 上述通式中,R12至R2 3是各自獨立地代表碳數爲1 至20之直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之烷基、形成環之碳數爲6至 14之芳基。該烷基、芳基是包括與R1至R11的情況爲相 同者。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之烷氧基、烯氧基、 烷醯基、烯醯基之取代基而言,可舉例羥基;羧基;甲氧 基、乙氧基、丙氧基等之直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至 18(較佳爲1至10,進一步較佳爲1至5)之烷氧基:直 鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲2至18(較佳爲2至10’進一 步較佳爲2至6)之烯氧基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲 2至18(較佳爲2至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之烯硫基 -29- 201140240 ;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至10, 進一步較佳爲1至5)之烷硫基;碳數爲5至18(較佳爲 5至10)之環烯基;環丙基、環戊基、環己基等之碳數爲 3至18(較佳爲3至10,進一步較佳爲3至6)之環烷基 ;苯氧基等之形成環之碳數爲6至10之芳氧基;氟原子 、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等之鹵素原子;氧原子(=〇) ;硫原子(=S):氰基:硝基:三甲基矽烷基等之三烷 基矽烷基:三甲氧基矽烷基等之三烷氧基矽烷基;苯基、 萘基、蒽基等之形成環之碳數爲6至14(較佳爲6至10 )之芳基;一 COR12 ; — OCOR13 ; - NRI4R15 ;— NHCOR丨 6 ; - NHCOOR17 ; - CONRI8R19 ; - COOR20 ;- S03NR21R22; _S03R23;環氧基或四氫呋喃基等之形成環 之原子數爲3至6之環狀醚基、2-噻吩基、2-吡啶基、呋 喃基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基、嗎啉基、前述取代基(A) 等之飽和或不飽和之形成環之原子數爲3至10(較佳爲3 至6 )之雜環基等(式中,R12至R23是如前述之定義所示 )0 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之環烷基、環烯基之 取代基而言,可舉例羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基等之直鏈狀 或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至10,進一步較 佳爲1至5)之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等之直鏈 狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至10,進一步 較佳爲1至5)之烷氧基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲2 至18(較佳爲2至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之烯氧基 -30- 201140240 ;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲2至18(較佳爲2至10, 進一步較佳爲2至6)之烯硫基;乙烯基、烯丙基等之碳 數爲2至18(較佳爲2至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之 直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之烯基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1 至18(較佳爲1至10,進一步較佳爲1至5)之烷硫基 ;碳數爲5至18(較佳爲5至10)之環烯基:苯氧基等 之形成環之碳數爲6至10之芳氧基;氟原子、氯原子、 溴原子、碘原子等之鹵素原子:氧原子(=〇);硫原子( =S );氰基;硝基;三甲基矽烷基等之三烷基矽烷基; 三甲氧基矽烷基等之三烷氧基矽烷基;苯基、萘基、蒽基 等之形成環之碳數爲6至14(較佳爲6至10)之芳基; -COR12 ; - OCOR13 ; - NRI4R15 ; - NHCOR16 ;- NHCOOR17 ; - CONR18R19 ; - COOR20 ; - S03NR21R22 ; —S03R2 3 ;環氧基或四氫呋喃基等之形成環之原子數爲3 至6之環狀醚基、2 -唾吩基、2 -吡啶基、呋喃基、噻唑基 、苯并噻唑基、嗎啉基、前述取代基(A)等之飽和或不 飽和之形成環之原子數爲3至10(較佳爲3至6)之雜環 基等(式中,RU至R23是如前述之定義所示)。 就R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之芳基、雜環基之取 代基而言,可舉例羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基等之直鏈狀或 分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至1〇,進一步較佳 爲1至5)之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等之直鏈狀 或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1至10,進一步較 佳爲1至5)之烷氧基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲2至 -31- 201140240 18(較佳爲2至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之烯氧基;直 鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲2至18(較佳爲2至10,進一 步較佳爲2至6)之烯硫基;直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲 1至18(較佳爲1至10’進一步較佳爲1至5)之烷硫基 ;乙烯基、烯丙基等之直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之碳數爲2至 18(較佳爲2至10,進一步較佳爲2至6)之烯基;碳數 爲5至18(較佳爲5至10)之環烯基;環丙基、環戊基 、環己基等之碳數爲3至18(較佳爲3至10,進一步較 佳爲3至6)之環烷基;苯氧基等之形成環之碳數爲6至 10之芳氧基;氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等之鹵 素原子;氰基;硝基;三甲基矽烷基等之三烷基矽烷基; 三甲氧基矽烷基等之三烷氧基矽烷基;一 COR12 ; — OCOR1 3 ; - NR14R15 ; - NHCOR16 ; - NHCOOR1 7 ;- CONR18R19 ; - COOR20 ; — so3nr2Ir22 : — S03R23 ;環氧 基或四氫呋喃基等之形成環之原子數爲3至6之環狀醚基 、2 -噻吩基、2-吡啶基、呋喃基、唾唑基、苯并噻唑基、 嗎啉基、前述取代基(A)等之飽和或不飽和之形成環之 原子數爲3至10(較佳爲3至6)之雜環基等(式中, R12至R23是如前述之定義所示)。 此外,就Ar所代表的形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之芳基 而言,可舉例例如苯基、萘基、蒽基、筷基(chrysenyl group )、菲基、莫基、苊基等。此等之中,從成爲低分 子量的觀點、相溶性或溶解性的觀點及製造容易性的觀點 ,則較佳爲形成環之碳數爲6至10之芳基,更佳爲苯基 -32- 201140240 °Ar所代表的形成環之原子數爲5至14之雜芳基是包括 :例如 2 -呋喃基、2 -苯硫基、2 -吡啶基等。此等之中,從 成爲低分子量的觀點、相溶性或溶解性的觀點及製造容易 性的觀點,則較佳爲形成環之原子數爲5至6之雜芳基, 更佳爲2 -呋喃基、2 -苯硫基。 此等之芳基及雜芳基可具有取代基。就該取代基而言 ,可舉例與前述之R1至R11所各自獨立地代表之芳基的 取代基爲相同者,其中較佳爲碳數爲1至18(較佳爲1 至10,進一步較佳爲1至5)之烷基,進一步較佳爲甲基。 另外,該取代基爲烷基或烯基的情況,則可與Ar〜 起形成縮合環,例如可形成荛環、茚環等。 Z所代表> NR3 ’中之R3 ’是如前述所示代表經取代或 未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基,或R3’是與R3連接而 與氮原子一起形成環。 該碳數爲1至20之烷基是包括與在R1至R11的情況 爲相同者’且較佳者也是相同者,特佳爲甲基。 此外’R3’是與R3連接而與氮原子一起形成之環的具 體實例是包括:嗎啉環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、甲哌啶環、 哌阱環等。此等之中,較佳爲嗎啉環。 w與z之組合是包括:在W是單鍵的情況,則較佳 爲Z是氧原子或> N r3 ’,在W是氧原子的情況,則較佳爲 Z是單鍵或氧原子。 並且’關於通式(I-a) ’ (a)!^1、!^2及R3是各自 獨立地爲經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷基,η -33- 201140240 爲2,複數個R4及R5是各自獨立地爲氫原子或經取代或 未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷基’ Ar是經取代或未經取 代之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基之光聚合引發劑;(b )R1、R2及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代之碳數 爲1至20之烷基,η爲2,複數個R4及R5是各自獨立地 爲氫原子或經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基,The ring formed by R4 and R5 may, for example, be a ring having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (preferably 3 to 6) which forms a ring of a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclooctyl ring or the like. Further, R1 to R11 each independently represent the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group, cycloalkenyl group, alkoxy 'alkenyloxy group, alkanoyl group, olefin group, aryl group and heterocyclic group. Has a substituent. The substituent of the alkyl group or the alkenyl group which each independently represents R1 to R11 may, for example, be a hydroxyl group: a carboxyl group: a linear or branched chain carbon such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. The number of alkoxy groups is from 1 to 18 (preferably from 1 to 1 Torr, further preferably from 1 to 5); the linear or branched chain has a carbon number of from 2 to 18 (preferably from 2 to 10, Further preferably, the oxy group of 2 to 6) is a thiol group having a carbon number of 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6) in a straight bond or a branched bond; The chain or branched chain has a carbon number of from 1 to 18 (preferably from 1 to 1 Torr, further preferably from 1 to 5); the carbon number is from 5 to 18 (preferably from 5 to 10). Cyclohexane -28- 201140240 A cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 18 (preferably 3 to 10' and further preferably 3 to 6) of cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl: phenoxy The carbon group forming the ring is an aryloxy group having a ό to 10; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a desert atom or an iodine atom; an oxygen atom (=〇); a sulfur atom (=s:); a cyano group; ; nitro; trimethyl sand yards and other three hospital bases; trimethoxy sand yards and other three courtyards a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group or the like which forms a ring having 6 to 14 (preferably 6 to 10) carbon atoms; _c〇r12; 〜NHCOOR1 -OCOR13; — NR14R15 ; — NHCOR1 CONR18R19 : - COOR20 ; —S03NR21R22 ; a s〇3r23 : a cyclic acid group having a ring number of 3 to 6 formed by an epoxy group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a 2-thiophenyl group '2-pyridyl group, a furyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzo group The thioxyl group, the morphyl group, the saturated or unsaturated group of the substituent (A) or the like, which forms a ring, has a number of atoms of 3 to 10 (preferably 3 to 6), and the like. In the above formula, R12 to R2 3 are an aryl group each independently representing a linear or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 and a ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. The alkyl group and the aryl group are the same as those in the case of R1 to R11. The substituent of the alkoxy group, the alkenyloxy group, the alkanoyl group or the olefin group which each independently represents R1 to R11 may, for example, be a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or the like. a linear or branched chain alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 18 (preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 5): a linear or branched chain having a carbon number of 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10' is further preferably 2 to 6) an alkenyloxy group; the linear or branched chain has a carbon number of 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2) To 6) alkylthio-29- 201140240; linear or branched chain carbon number of 1 to 18 (preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 5) alkyl group; carbon number a cycloalkenyl group of 5 to 18 (preferably 5 to 10); a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or the like having 3 to 18 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 10, further preferably 3 to 6) a cycloalkyl group; an aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 10 forming a ring such as a phenoxy group; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an oxygen atom (=〇); a sulfur atom; (=S): cyano group: nitro: trialkyl decyl group such as trimethyl decyl group: trimethoxy decyl group, etc. Alkoxyalkylene; phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl or the like which forms a ring having 6 to 14 (preferably 6 to 10) carbon atoms; a COR12; - OCOR13; - NRI4R15; - NHCOR丨6 - NHCOOR17; - CONRI8R19; - COOR20; - S03NR21R22; _S03R23; a cyclic ether group having a ring number of 3 to 6 formed by an epoxy group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyridyl group, a furyl group a sulfazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a morpholinyl group, a saturated or unsaturated group of the above substituent (A), etc., which forms a ring having 3 to 10 (preferably 3 to 6) atomic groups, etc. In the above, R12 to R23 are as defined above.) 0. The substituents of the cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl group which are independently represented by R1 to R11, respectively, may be exemplified by a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; a methyl group, an ethyl group or the like. a linear or branched chain having an alkyl group having 1 to 18 (preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5) carbon atoms; a linear chain such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group; a branched or branched chain having an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 (preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 5) carbon atoms; and a linear or branched chain having 2 to 18 carbon atoms ( Preferably 2 to 10, further Preferred are 2 to 6) alkenyloxy-30-201140240; linear or branched chain carbon number of 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 6) olefin sulfur a linear or branched chain alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6); a linear or a branched chain; a branched chain having a carbon number of from 1 to 18 (preferably from 1 to 10, further preferably from 1 to 5); a cycloalkenyl group having from 5 to 18 (preferably from 5 to 10) carbon atoms: An aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 10 which forms a ring such as a phenoxy group; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom: an oxygen atom (=〇); a sulfur atom (=S); cyanide a trialkylalkylene group such as a nitro group; a trimethyl decyl group; a trialkoxy fluorenyl group such as a trimethoxy decyl group; a carbon number of the phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group or the like which forms a ring of 6 to 14 (preferably 6 to 10) aryl; -COR12; - OCOR13; - NRI4R15; - NHCOR16; - NHCOOR17; - CONR18R19; - COOR20; - S03NR21R22; -S03R2 3 ; formation of epoxy or tetrahydrofuranyl a cyclic ether group having 3 to 6 atoms in the ring, 2 -thinyl, The number of atoms forming a ring of 2-pyridyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, morpholinyl, the above-mentioned substituent (A) or the like is from 3 to 10 (preferably from 3 to 6). A heterocyclic group or the like (wherein RU to R23 are as defined above). The substituent of the aryl group or the heterocyclic group independently represented by R1 to R11 may, for example, be a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; a linear or branched chain having a carbon number of 1 to 18 such as a methyl group or an ethyl group; An alkyl group (preferably 1 to 1 Torr, further preferably 1 to 5); a linear or branched chain of methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or the like having a carbon number of 1 to 18 ( Preferably, it is an alkoxy group of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5); the linear or branched chain carbon number is 2 to -31 to 201140240 18 (preferably 2 to 10, further preferably An alkenyloxy group of 2 to 6); a linear or branched chain having a carbon number of 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 6); linear or a branched chain having a carbon number of 1 to 18 (preferably 1 to 10' and further preferably 1 to 5); a linear or branched chain carbon such as a vinyl group or an allyl group; An alkenyl group having 2 to 18 (preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 6); a cycloalkenyl group having 5 to 18 (preferably 5 to 10) carbon atoms; a cyclopropyl group; a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 18 (preferably 3 to 10, more preferably 3 to 6); a phenoxy group or the like forming a ring An aryloxy group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; a cyano group; a nitro group; a trialkylsulfonyl group such as a trimethylsulfanyl group; Alkyloxyalkylene group; a COR12; —OCOR1 3 ; -NR14R15 ; -NHCOR16 ; -NHCOOR1 7 ;- CONR18R19 ; - COOR20 ; — so3nr2Ir22 : — S03R23 ; an epoxy group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group a saturated or unsaturated group of a cyclic ether group having 3 to 6 atoms, a 2-thiophenyl group, a 2-pyridyl group, a furyl group, a succinazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a morpholinyl group, the aforementioned substituent (A), or the like The heterocyclic group or the like having a ring number of 3 to 10 (preferably 3 to 6) is formed (wherein R12 to R23 are as defined above). Further, as the aryl group represented by Ar which forms a ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a chrysenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a methenyl group, a fluorenyl group can be exemplified. Wait. Among these, from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, it is preferred to form an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, more preferably a phenyl-32 group. - 201140240 °Ar represents a heteroaryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, and includes, for example, a 2-furyl group, a 2-phenylthio group, a 2-pyridyl group and the like. Among these, from the viewpoints of low molecular weight, compatibility, solubility, and ease of production, a heteroaryl group having 5 to 6 atoms in the ring is formed, and more preferably 2-furan. Base, 2-phenylthio group. These aryl and heteroaryl groups may have a substituent. With respect to the substituent, the substituents of the aryl group independently represented by each of R1 to R11 described above are the same, and preferably the carbon number is from 1 to 18 (preferably from 1 to 10, further An alkyl group of preferably 1 to 5) is further preferably a methyl group. Further, when the substituent is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, a condensed ring may be formed with Ar to form, for example, an anthracene ring or an anthracene ring may be formed. R3' represented by Z> NR3' is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms as described above, or R3' is bonded to R3 to form a ring together with a nitrogen atom. The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is the same as those in the case of R1 to R11 and is preferably the same, and particularly preferably a methyl group. Further, a specific example of the ring in which 'R3' is bonded to R3 and formed together with a nitrogen atom includes a morpholine ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a meperidine ring, a piperazine ring and the like. Among these, a morpholine ring is preferred. The combination of w and z includes: in the case where W is a single bond, Z is preferably an oxygen atom or > N r3 ', and in the case where W is an oxygen atom, Z is preferably a single bond or an oxygen atom. . And 'About the general formula (I-a)' (a)!^1, ! ^2 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, η -33- 201140240 is 2, and plural R4 and R5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or substituted. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein Ar is a photopolymerization initiator of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14; (b) R1, R2 and R 3 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, η is 2, and a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number is 1 to 20 alkyl groups,

Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲5至1 4之雜芳 基之光聚合引發劑;(c) R1及R2是各自獨立地爲經取代 或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷基,R3是經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲3至18之環烷基,η爲2,複數個R4及R5 是各自獨立地爲氫原子或經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至 • 20之烷基之光聚合引發劑;(d)R1及R2是各自獨立地 爲經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷基,R3是經形 成環之原子數爲3至6之環狀醚基所取代之碳數爲1至 20之烷基,η爲2,複數個R4及R5是各自獨立地爲氫原 子或經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基之光聚合 引發劑也是較佳。並且,從後述減少在光硬化性組成物中 光聚合引發劑之含量的觀點,在上述(a)及(b)的情況 ,則分子量較佳爲5 1 5以下,更佳爲5 00以下,在上述( c )及(d )的情況,則分子量較佳爲5 5 0以下。 並且’從本發明之功效的觀點、及減少因光聚合引發 劑之分解物而導致聚合物之污染或裝置之污染的觀點,則 在上述之較佳的光聚合引發劑中,更佳爲R4至R11是各 自獨立地爲氫原子或碳數爲1至20之烷基。另外,各基 -34- 201140240 之較佳者是如前述所示。 在下文中,則列舉本發明之光聚合引發劑(I-a )的 具體實例,但是並不受限於此等者。Ar is a photopolymerization initiator which is substituted or unsubstituted to form a heteroaryl group having a carbon number of 5 to 14; (c) R1 and R2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted carbon number a alkyl group of 1 to 20, R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, η is 2, and a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted a photopolymerization initiator substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; (d) R1 and R2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and R3 is The cyclic ether group having 3 to 6 ring atoms is substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, η is 2, and a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted group. A photopolymerization initiator having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is also preferred. In addition, in the case of the above (a) and (b), the molecular weight is preferably 515 or less, more preferably 500 or less, from the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photocurable composition. In the case of the above (c) and (d), the molecular weight is preferably 550 or less. Further, from the viewpoint of the efficacy of the present invention and the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the polymer or contamination of the device due to decomposition products of the photopolymerization initiator, among the above preferred photopolymerization initiators, R4 is more preferable. To R11 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, each of the groups -34 to 201140240 is preferably as described above. Hereinafter, specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator (I-a) of the present invention are listed, but are not limited thereto.

201140240201140240

οο

-36- 201140240-36- 201140240

-37- 201140240-37- 201140240

並且,關於通式(I-b) , (e)R1及R3是各自獨& 地爲經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基, θ w疋氧 原子,Ζ是單鍵或氧原子,Ar是經取代或未經取代之ρ成 環之碳數爲6至14之芳基之光聚合引發劑;(〇Rl & R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2〇之 烷基’ R2是具有以一 OCOR13 ( R13是如前述之定義所示) 或一 COOR2<) ( R2G是代表碳數爲1至20之烷基或形成環 之碳數爲6至14之芳基)所代表的酯基之碳數爲1至2〇 之烷基’ W是氧原子,Z是單鍵或氧原子,Ar是經取代或 未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基之光聚合引發 劑;(g ) R1及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代之碳 •38- 201140240 數爲1至20之’院基’…是單鍵,2是>:1^3’({13,是如前 ^ m m m tts ) ’ 是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳 數爲6至14之芳基之光聚合引發劑;(h) R1及R3是各 自獨地爲經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 〇之烷基, R2是具有以~~ 0C0Rl3 ( R13是如前述之定義所示)或― C〇〇R2<)(R2<)是代表碳數爲1至20之烷基或形成環之碳 數爲6至14之芳基)所代表的酯基之碳數爲1至20之烷 基’W是單鍵’ 2是> Nr3,( r3’是如前述之定義所示), Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基 之光聚合引發劑;(i ) R1是經取代或未經取代之碳數爲 1至20之院基,R3是氫原子,w是單鍵,z是氧原子, Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之芳基 之光聚合引發劑也是較佳。 另外’關於上述(g)之光聚合引發劑,在> NR3’中 之R3’是與R3連接而與氮原子一起形成環者也是較佳,更 佳爲形成嗎啉環者。 並且’從本發明之功效的觀點、及減少因光聚合引發 劑之分解物而導致聚合物之污染或裝置之污染的觀點,則 在上述較佳的光聚合引發劑中,更佳爲R4至R11是各自 獨立地爲氫原子或碳數爲1至20之烷基。另外,各基之 較佳者是如前述所示。 在下文中,則列舉本發明之光聚合引發劑(I-b )的 具體實例,但是尤其並不受限於此等者。 -39- 201140240Further, with respect to the general formula (Ib), (e) R1 and R3 are each a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, θ w 疋 an oxygen atom, Ζ is a single bond or An oxygen atom, Ar is a photopolymerization initiator of a substituted or unsubstituted ρ-bonded aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms; (〇Rl & R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted carbon The alkyl group 'R2, which has a number of 1 to 2 Å, has an OCOR13 (R13 is as defined above) or a COOR2<) (R2G represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 or a carbon number forming a ring The alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, which is an aryl group of 6 to 14), is an oxygen atom, Z is a single bond or an oxygen atom, and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted ring. a photopolymerization initiator having an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms; (g) R1 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted carbon • 38- 201140240 The number is 1 to 20 'hospital base'... a single bond, 2 is >: 1^3' ({13, is as before ^mmm tts ) ' is a photopolymerization initiator which is substituted or unsubstituted to form a ring having an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms; (h) R1 and R3 are each The ground is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, and R2 is having ~~0C0Rl3 (R13 is as defined above) or "C〇〇R2<) (R2<) The alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 representing an ester group having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms forming a ring is a single bond '2 is> Nr3 , (r3' is as defined above), Ar is a photopolymerization initiator of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14; (i) R1 is substituted or not The substituted carbon number is from 1 to 20, R3 is a hydrogen atom, w is a single bond, z is an oxygen atom, and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 formed into a ring. A photopolymerization initiator is also preferred. Further, in the photopolymerization initiator of the above (g), it is preferable that R3' in the >NR3' is bonded to R3 to form a ring together with a nitrogen atom, and more preferably a morpholine ring is formed. Further, from the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention and the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the polymer or contamination of the device due to decomposition products of the photopolymerization initiator, among the above preferred photopolymerization initiators, R4 is more preferably R11 is each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, each of the groups is preferably as described above. Hereinafter, specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator (I-b) of the present invention are listed, but are not particularly limited thereto. -39- 201140240

-40- 201140240-40- 201140240

另外,就本發明之光聚合引發劑而言,如前述所述在 通式(I-a)中n = 2爲較佳,具體而言,較佳爲以下列通 式(I-al )所代表的光聚合引發劑: -41 - 201140240Further, in the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention, n = 2 is preferable in the formula (Ia) as described above, and specifically, it is preferably represented by the following formula (I-al). Photopolymerization initiator: -41 - 201140240

之疋義所不。R4及R5’是么自的 4 疋各自與R及R5之定義相同,較 佳者也是相同。 〔光聚合引發劑之製造方法〕 本發明之光聚合引發劑(1).之製造方法是並無特殊 限制,例如以下列光聚合引發劑(I_a)之製造方法或光 聚合引發劑(I-b)之製造方法即可容易地製造。 (1.光聚合引發劑(I-a)之製造方法) 本發明之光聚合引發劑(I_a)之製造方法是並無特 殊限制,例如以下述步驟】至步驟4即可容易地製造。 (步驟1 ) 作爲步驟1 ’例如將前述咔唑衍生物(1 )與以 Z(CR R )nco〇R3 (z是代表氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘 原子等之鹵素原子。此外,r3、r4及R5是如前述之定義 所不)所代表的鹵化物’在鹼的存在下進行反應之步驟。 藉由該步驟,可獲得以下列通式(3a)所代表的羰基烷基 導入體: -42 - 201140240 R6 R11It’s not right. R4 and R5' are the same as R and R5, respectively, and the same is preferred. [Manufacturing Method of Photopolymerization Initiator] The method for producing the photopolymerization initiator (1) of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, the production method of the photopolymerization initiator (I_a) or the photopolymerization initiator (Ib) The manufacturing method can be easily manufactured. (1. Method for producing photopolymerization initiator (I-a)) The method for producing the photopolymerization initiator (I_a) of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be easily produced, for example, by the following steps to step 4. (Step 1) As the step 1 ', for example, the aforementioned carbazole derivative (1) and Z(CR R )nco〇R3 (z is a halogen atom representing a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like. R3, r4 and R5 are the steps of the reaction of the halide 'represented by the above definition' in the presence of a base. By this step, a carbonylalkyl group as represented by the following formula (3a) can be obtained: -42 - 201140240 R6 R11

(3a) (式中,R3至R11是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相同 )° 作爲前述鹼,可舉例正丁基鋰、三級丁基鋰、氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀等。反應溫度通常較佳爲〇至200°C,反應 時間通常較佳爲2至1 00小時。 另外,在製造通式(I-a)中n=2之光聚合引發劑的 情況,若步驟1爲以下之步驟時則可容易地製造,因此爲 較佳。 以下列通式(1 )所代表的咔唑衍生物〔在下文中, 則稱爲「咔唑衍生物(1 )」): R6 R11(3a) (wherein R3 to R11 are as defined above, preferably the same). As the base, n-butyllithium, tertiary butyllithium, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc. may be exemplified. . The reaction temperature is usually preferably from 〇 to 200 ° C, and the reaction time is usually preferably from 2 to 100 hours. Further, in the case of producing a photopolymerization initiator of n = 2 in the formula (I-a), it is preferred if the step 1 is the following step, since it can be easily produced. The carbazole derivative represented by the following general formula (1) [hereinafter, referred to as "carbazole derivative (1)"): R6 R11

(式中’ R6至R11是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相同 ), 與以下列通式(2a)所代表的丙烯酸酯衍生物〔在下文中 ’則稱爲「丙烯酸酯衍生物(2〇」): (式中’ R3、R4’及R5’是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是 -43- 201140240 相同), 在鹼的存在下進行反應,以獲得以下列通式(3 a ’) 所代表的羰基烷基導入體〔在下文中,則稱爲「羰基烷基 導入體(3a’)」)之步驟: R6 R11(wherein R6 to R11 are as defined above, preferably the same), and an acrylate derivative represented by the following formula (2a) [hereinafter hereinafter referred to as "acrylate derivative" 2〇"): (wherein 'R3, R4' and R5' are as defined above, preferably also -43-201140240), and the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base to obtain the following formula ( 3 a ') The carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (hereinafter referred to as "carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a')"): R6 R11

(式中,R3、R4’ ' R5’及R6至R1 1是如前述之定義所示, 較佳者也是相同)。 在下文中,針對在製造n=2之光聚合引發劑時,較 佳的此步驟1,詳細說明如下。 關於步驟1所使用的丙烯酸酯衍生物(2 a )之使用量 是並無特殊限制,相對於1莫耳之咔唑衍生物(1 ),則 較佳爲0.5至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲〇.8至1.2莫耳,從 減少未反應物的觀點,則進一步更佳爲以大致等量進行反 應。 步驟1是在鹼的亨在下實施。該鹼是只要其爲可使用 於邁克爾加成反應(Michael addition reaction)之鹼即可 ’且有機鹼、無機鹼中任一者皆可使用。有機鹼是包括: 例如耻淀、二吖雙環十一稀(D B U )、二吖雙環--•烯( DBN )等。無機鹼是包括:例如碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀等之鹼金 屬碳酸鹽;碳酸鎂 '碳酸鈣等之鹼土金屬類碳酸鹽;碳酸 -44- 201140240 氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等之鹼金屬碳酸氫鹽;氫氧化鈉、氫氧化 鉀等之鹼金屬氫氧化物;氫氧化鎂、氫氧化鈣等之鹼土金 屬氫氧化物等。此等之中’較佳爲鹼金屬碳酸鹽、鹼土金 屬類碳酸鹽,更佳爲鹼金屬碳酸鹽,進一步更佳爲碳酸鉀 〇 該鹼之使用量是並無特殊限制,從反應效率及製造成 本的觀點,相對於1莫耳之咔唑衍生物(1 ),則較佳爲 0.5至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲0.8至1.2莫耳,進一步更 佳爲以大致等量而使用。 步驟1較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。該溶劑是適當地 選擇可溶解咔唑衍生物(1)、丙烯酸酯衍生物(2a)及 鹼之溶劑即可。具體而言,可列舉:二甲基甲醯胺(DMF )、二甲基亞颯(DMSO)、二氯甲烷等。 步驟1之反應溫度是並無特殊限制,通常較佳爲在 10至50 °C,進一步較佳爲在15至401:,更佳爲在15至 3 〇 °C下實施。反應時間是因應咔唑衍生物(1 )、丙烯酸 酯衍生物(2a)及鹼之種類或使用量、以及反應溫度等而 不同,通常爲約2小時至4 8小時。 步驟1之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如將咔唑衍生 物(1)、丙烯酸酯衍生物(2a)及鹼全部添加至溶劑中 ’較佳爲在前述溫度下加以攪拌,藉此可獲得羰基烷基導 入體(3 a ’)。 反應結束後,藉由萃取等一般的有機化合物之分離方 法’即可從所獲得反應混合液獲得羰基烷基導入體(3 a ) -45 - 201140240 或(3 a ’)。藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等 一般的有機化合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高羰基烷 基導入體(3a)或(3a,)的純度^ 在下文中,就使用以前述步驟1所獲得之羰基烷基導 入體(3a)或(3a’)之步驟2至4加以說明,考慮及方 便因素’有關相當於n=2的羰基烷基導入體(3a,)部分 則省略說明。 (步驟2 ) 步驟2是藉由將經以步驟1所獲得羰基烷基導入體( 3 a )與以下列通式(4 ) 、( 5 )所代表的兩種醯化劑〔在 下文中,則分別稱爲「醯化劑(4 )」、「醯化劑(5 )」(wherein R3, R4' 'R5' and R6 to R1 1 are as defined above, and preferably are the same). Hereinafter, this step 1 which is preferable in the case of producing a photopolymerization initiator of n = 2 will be described in detail below. The amount of the acrylate derivative (2a) used in the step 1 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.5 to 2 mol per 1 mol of the carbazole derivative (1), further preferably From 88 to 1.2 mol, it is further preferred to carry out the reaction in substantially equal amounts from the viewpoint of reducing unreacted materials. Step 1 is carried out under the action of a base. The base is used as long as it is a base which can be used in a Michael addition reaction, and any of an organic base and an inorganic base can be used. The organic base includes, for example, ruthenium, diazepane, eleven (D B U ), dioxo-cyclo-ene (DBN), and the like. The inorganic base is an alkali metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate; an alkaline earth metal carbonate such as magnesium carbonate 'calcium carbonate; or an alkali metal hydrogencarbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate or potassium hydrogencarbonate; An alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide; an alkaline earth metal hydroxide such as magnesium hydroxide or calcium hydroxide. Among these, 'it is preferably an alkali metal carbonate or an alkaline earth metal carbonate, more preferably an alkali metal carbonate, and even more preferably potassium carbonate. The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, and the reaction efficiency and manufacture are carried out. The viewpoint of cost is preferably 0.5 to 2 moles, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, and still more preferably used in substantially equal amounts with respect to 1 mole of the carbazole derivative (1). Step 1 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is appropriately selected from solvents which can dissolve the carbazole derivative (1), the acrylate derivative (2a) and the base. Specific examples thereof include dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl hydrazine (DMSO), and dichloromethane. The reaction temperature of the step 1 is not particularly limited, and it is usually preferably carried out at 10 to 50 ° C, more preferably 15 to 401 :, still more preferably 15 to 3 ° C. The reaction time varies depending on the type or amount of the carbazole derivative (1), the acrylate derivative (2a) and the base, the reaction temperature, and the like, and is usually about 2 hours to 48 hours. The embodiment of the step 1 is not particularly limited. For example, the carbazole derivative (1), the acrylate derivative (2a), and the base are all added to the solvent. Preferably, the mixture is stirred at the aforementioned temperature. A carbonylalkyl group introducer (3 a '). After completion of the reaction, the carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a)-45 - 201140240 or (3 a ') can be obtained from the obtained reaction mixture by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction. By purifying by a general method of purifying a general organic compound such as distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization, the purity of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a) or (3a,) can be improved. The steps 2 to 4 of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a) or (3a') obtained in the above step 1 are explained, taking into consideration the convenience factor 'about a portion of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a,) equivalent to n=2. The description is omitted. (Step 2) Step 2 is by using the carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a) obtained in the step 1 and the two deuterating agents represented by the following formulas (4) and (5) [hereinafter, They are called "deuterated agent (4)" and "deuterated agent (5)"

(式中’ X是代表鹵素原子或- 〇C(=〇)Ar,X’是代表鹵 素原子或—〇C(=0)R2; Ar及.R2‘是如前述之定義所示, 較佳者也是相同), 在路易斯酸的存在下進行反應,以獲得以下列通式(6 a ) 所代表的二酮體〔在下文中’則稱爲「二酮體(6a)」) 之步驟: -46-(wherein 'X represents a halogen atom or -〇C(=〇)Ar, X' represents a halogen atom or -〇C(=0)R2; Ar and .R2' are as defined above, preferably The same is true), the reaction is carried out in the presence of a Lewis acid to obtain a diketone body represented by the following general formula (6 a ) (hereinafter referred to as "diketone body (6a)"): 46-

201140240 (式中,R2至 是相同)。 上式中’ X、X,所各自獨立地代表之鹵素原 :氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳爲 關於步驟2,從作爲目的之二酮體(6a )之 點’羰基烷基導入體(3 a )與醯化劑(4 )及(5 較佳爲經將羰基烷基導入體(3 a )與醯化劑(4 應後,其次與醯化劑(5 )進行反應。 從對羰基烷基導入體(3a)導入各1個的各 的觀點’醯化劑(4)及(5)之使用量,相對於 鑛基院基導入體(3a),則各自較佳爲〇.8至1 進一步較佳爲1至1.3莫耳,從減少未反應物的 進一步更佳爲以大致等量進行反應。特別是在經 基導入體(3 a )與醯化劑(4 )進行反應後,其 劑(5 )進行反應的情況,則醯化劑(5 )之使用 過前述範圍也並無任何問題,但是即使爲太過量 獲得相對應的收率,結果有可能導致徒然增加生 步驟2是在路易斯酸的存在下實施。路易斯 氯化鋁、三氟化硼-二乙基醚錯合物。從二酮體 較佳者也 子是包括 氯原子。 收率的觀 ;)之反應 )進行反 自之醯基 1莫耳之 .3莫耳, 觀點,則 使羰基烷 次與醯化 量即使超 也並不能 產成本。 酸較佳爲 (6a )之 -47- 201140240 收率的觀點,則路易斯酸之使用量,相對於1莫耳 劑(4)或(5),通常較佳爲0·8至2.5莫耳,進 佳爲1至2莫耳。 步驟2較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。該溶劑是 爲通常可使用於夫里德耳-夸夫特醯化反應(F Crafts acylating reaction)之溶劑時,則並無特殊 具體而言,可列舉二氯甲烷、硝苯、丙酮、乙腈等 步驟2之反應溫度較佳爲反應開始時爲-50至 較佳爲-1 〇至5 °C ),隨著反應進行則緩慢地返回 約1 5至2 5 °C )。反應時間是因應羰基烷基導入體 、醯化劑(4 )及(5 )之種類及使用量、以及反應 不同,通常較佳爲1至3 0小時。另外,在醯化劑( (5)兩者爲醯基鹵化物(acyl halide)或酸酐的 經將羰基烷基導入體(3 a )與醯化劑(4 )進行反 也可不加以單離產物而緊接著與醯化劑(5 )進行 在此情況下,較佳爲羰基烷基導入體(3 a )與醯化 )之反應時間設定爲約3 0分鐘至5小時(較佳爲3 至3小時),在另一方面,則將羰基烷基導入體( 醯化劑(5 )之反應時間設定爲如約30分鐘至24 較佳爲3 0分鐘至1 8小時)之長一些以充分地進行! 在下文中,從收率的觀點說明步驟2之兩種較 施形態。 〔1〕一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊在適當的溶劑中混合羰 導入體(3 a )及醯化劑(4 ),對其混合溶液緩慢 之醯化 一步較 只要其 r i e d e 1 - 限制。 ο 5 1 ( 室溫( (3a) 溫度而 :4)及 情況, 應後, 反應。 :劑(4 1 〇分鐘 3a)與 小時( 交應。 佳的實 基烷基 地(較 -48- 201140240 佳爲歷時5分鐘至1小時,進一步較佳爲10分鐘至40分 鐘)添加入路易斯酸,添加結束後,返回室溫並繼續攪拌 一定時間(約3 0分鐘至5小時)。較佳爲藉由萃取及洗 淨等一般的有機化合物之分離方法而暫時分離所獲得產物 〇 將藉由上述所獲得產物溶解於適當的溶劑,一邊以冰 浴冷卻一邊添加入醯化劑(5 ),並對其緩慢地添加入路 易斯酸(較佳爲歷時5分鐘至1小時,進一步較佳爲10 分鐘至40分鐘),添加結束後,返回室溫並繼續攪拌一 定時間(約30分鐘至24小時),藉此可獲得二酮體(6a )° 〔2〕一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊將羰基烷基導入體(3a)與適 當的溶劑混合後,緩慢地添加入(較佳爲歷時5分鐘至1 小時,進一步較佳爲10分鐘至40分鐘)路易斯酸,對所 獲得混合溶液緩慢地(較佳爲歷時5分鐘至1小時,進一 步較佳爲1 0分鐘至40分鐘)添加入醯化劑(4 )後,返 回室溫並繼續攪拌一定時間(約3 0分鐘至5小時)。再 度一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊緩慢地(較佳爲歷時5分鐘至1小 時,進一步較佳爲10分鐘至40分鐘)添加入路易斯酸, 對所獲得混合溶液緩慢地(較佳爲歷時5分鐘至1小時, 進一步較佳爲10分鐘至40分鐘)添加入醯化劑(5)後 ’返回室溫並繼續攪拌一定時間以上(較佳爲約3 0分鐘 至24小時),藉此可獲得二酮體(6a)。 另外’反應結束後,從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等 -49- 201140240 一般的有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得二酮體(6a)。 藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等一般的有機化 合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高二酮體(6a)的純度 〇 (步驟3 ) 步驟3是藉由將經以步驟2所獲得二酮體(6a )與羥 基胺進行反應,以獲得以下列通式(7a )所代表的肟體〔 在下文中,則稱爲「肟體(7a)」)之步驟:201140240 (where R2 is the same). In the above formula, 'X, X, each independently represents a halogen atom: a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like, preferably with respect to the step 2, from the point of the diketone body (6a) as a target' The carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a) and the oximation agent (4) and (5 are preferably a carbonyl alkyl group-introducing body (3a) and a oximation agent (4, followed by a sulfating agent (5) The reaction is carried out from the viewpoint of introducing each of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing bodies (3a) into the respective ones, and the amount of the deuterating agents (4) and (5) is used for each of the ore-based matrix-introducing bodies (3a). Preferably, 〇8 to 1 is further preferably from 1 to 1.3 mol, and further preferably from the reduction of the unreacted matter, the reaction is carried out in substantially equal amounts, particularly in the transductant (3a) and the oximation agent. (4) In the case where the reaction (5) is carried out after the reaction, the use of the deuteration agent (5) does not have any problem in the above range, but even if the corresponding yield is obtained in a too large amount, the result may be Resulting in vain increase step 2 is carried out in the presence of a Lewis acid. Lewis aluminum chloride, boron trifluoride-diethyl ether complex. Preferably, the body also includes a chlorine atom. The yield of the reaction;) is carried out by the antimony thiol 1 molar. 3 moles, the viewpoint is to make the carbonyl alkane and the amount of deuteration even super Can not produce costs. The acid is preferably from the viewpoint of the yield of -47 to 201140240 of (6a), and the Lewis acid is used in an amount of usually from 0.8 to 2.5 moles per 1 mole of the agent (4) or (5). The best is 1 to 2 moles. Step 2 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. When the solvent is a solvent which can be generally used in the F Crafts acylating reaction, it is not particularly specific, and examples thereof include dichloromethane, nifedipine, acetone, acetonitrile, and the like. The reaction temperature in the step 2 is preferably -50 to preferably -1 Torr to 5 °C at the start of the reaction, and is slowly returned to about 15 to 25 ° C as the reaction proceeds. The reaction time is usually from 1 to 30 hours depending on the kind and amount of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing agent, the halogenating agents (4) and (5), and the reaction. Further, in the deuteration agent (5), both of them are an acyl halide or an acid anhydride, and the carbonyl alkyl group-introducing body (3a) may be reacted with the deuteration agent (4) without isolation. And in this case, preferably, the reaction time of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing body (3a) and the deuteration) is set to about 30 minutes to 5 hours (preferably 3 to 3 hours), on the other hand, the reaction time of the carbonylalkyl group-introducing agent (the deuterating agent (5) is set to be, for example, about 30 minutes to 24, preferably 30 minutes to 18 hours) to be sufficient. Go on the ground! In the following, the two comparative forms of step 2 are explained from the viewpoint of yield. [1] The carbonyl initiator (3 a ) and the oxime (4) are mixed in a suitable solvent while cooling in an ice bath, and the mixed solution is slowly simmered in a step as long as it is limited to r i e d e 1 -. ο 5 1 (room temperature ((3a) temperature and: 4) and the situation, after the reaction, : agent (4 1 〇 minutes 3a) and hours (corresponding. Good solid alkyl ground (more than -48- 201140240 Preferably, the Lewis acid is added for 5 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 40 minutes. After the addition is completed, return to room temperature and continue stirring for a certain period of time (about 30 minutes to 5 hours). Temporarily separating the obtained product by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction and washing, and dissolving the product obtained above in a suitable solvent, and adding the hydrating agent (5) while cooling in an ice bath, and It is slowly added to the Lewis acid (preferably for 5 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 40 minutes), and after the end of the addition, it is returned to room temperature and stirring is continued for a certain period of time (about 30 minutes to 24 hours). Thereby, the diketone body (6a) ° [2] can be obtained by mixing the carbonyl alkyl group-introducing body (3a) with an appropriate solvent while cooling in an ice bath, and then slowly adding it (preferably for 5 minutes to 1 hour). Further preferably 10 minutes to 40 Clock) Lewis acid, adding the sulfonating agent (4) slowly (preferably for 5 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 40 minutes) to the obtained mixed solution, returning to room temperature and continuing to stir For a certain period of time (about 30 minutes to 5 hours), the Lewis acid is added slowly (preferably for 5 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 40 minutes) while cooling with an ice bath. The mixed solution is slowly (preferably 5 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 40 minutes) added to the oximation agent (5) and then returned to room temperature and continued to stir for a certain period of time or more (preferably about 3). 0 minutes to 24 hours), whereby the diketone body (6a) can be obtained. Further, after the end of the reaction, the obtained reaction mixture is obtained by extraction, etc. -49-201140240 general organic compound separation method, two The ketone body (6a) can be purified by a general method of purifying a general organic compound such as distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization to increase the purity of the diketone body (6a) (Step 3) Step 3 By taking the steps The obtained diketone body (6a) is reacted with a hydroxylamine to obtain a steroid represented by the following formula (7a) (hereinafter, referred to as "steroid (7a)"):

HO、 R6 R11 (式中’ R2至R11及Ar是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也 是相同)。 在步驟3中,羥基胺之供給源是並無特殊限制者,較 佳爲氯化羥基胺。該氯化羥基胺是例如在水中與醋酸鈉等 進行反應,藉此可獲得羥基胺之水溶液。 羥基胺(氯化羥基胺)之使用量,相對於1莫耳之二 酮體(6a),則較佳爲0.8至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲1至 1 · 5莫耳,更佳爲1至1 · 3莫耳,從減少未反應物的觀點 ’則進一步更佳爲以大致等量進行反應。 步驟3較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑較佳爲水溶 性有機溶劑,該水溶性有機溶劑較佳爲例如甲醇、乙醇等 -50- 201140240 之醇類’二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)等。 步驟3之反應溫度是並無特殊限 收率的觀點,則通常較佳爲在40至 爲在50至140°C,更佳爲在70至1 應二酮體(6a )之種類及使用量、以 通常較佳爲2至20小時,進一步較_ 步驟3之實施形態是並無特殊限 混合氯化羥基胺與醋酸鈉以獲得羥基 加入二酮體(6 a )及溶劑,較佳爲在 拌,藉此可獲得肟體(7a)。 反應結束後,從所獲得反應混合 有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得肟 的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等一 製方法進行精製,則可提高肟體(7a (步驟4) 步驟4是藉由將經以步驟3所獲 列通式(8 )所代表的酯化劑〔在下 (8 ))進行反應·· 〇 X (8)HO, R6 R11 (wherein R2 to R11 and Ar are as defined above, and preferably the same). In the step 3, the supply source of the hydroxylamine is not particularly limited, and it is preferably a hydroxylamine hydrochloride. The chlorinated hydroxylamine is, for example, reacted with sodium acetate or the like in water, whereby an aqueous solution of a hydroxylamine can be obtained. The hydroxylamine (hydroxylamine chloride) is preferably used in an amount of from 0.8 to 2 mol, more preferably from 1 to 1.5 mol, more preferably from 1 to 1.5 mol, based on 1 mol of the diketone body (6a). From 1 to 1 · 3 moles, from the viewpoint of reducing unreacted materials, it is further preferred to carry out the reaction in substantially equal amounts. Step 3 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is preferably a water-soluble organic solvent, and the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or the like -50-201140240 alcohol, dimethylformamide (DMF) or the like. The reaction temperature of the step 3 is not particularly limited, and it is usually preferably from 40 to 50 to 140 ° C, more preferably from 70 to 1, the type and amount of the diketone body (6a). Preferably, it is preferably 2 to 20 hours, and further than the embodiment of the step 3, there is no particular limitation of mixing the hydroxylamine hydrochloride with sodium acetate to obtain a hydroxyl group to be added to the diketone body (6 a ) and the solvent, preferably Mixing, whereby the carcass (7a) can be obtained. After the completion of the reaction, the separation method of the obtained mixed organic compound can be obtained by purifying the hydrazine by distillation, column chromatography, recrystallization, etc., thereby improving the steroid (7a (step 4)). 4 is carried out by reacting the esterifying agent represented by the general formula (8) obtained in the step 3 (in the lower (8)) · 〇X (8)

R1^Y (式中’ Y是代表鹵素原子或—〇c(: 之定義所示,較佳者也是相同), 以獲得以下列通式(I-a )所代表的 文中’則稱爲「光聚合引發劑(1-0 制,從肟體(7a)之 1 6 0 °C,進一步較佳 1 0 °c。反應時間是因 及反應溫度而不同, ΐ爲4至1 2小時。 制,例如預先在水中 胺之水溶液,對此添 前述溫度範圍加以攪 液藉由萃取等一般的 體(7a)。藉由適當 般的有機化合物之精 )的純度。 得肟體(7 a )與以下 文中,則稱爲酯化劑 :〇)Ri ; Ri是如前述 ί:聚合引發劑〔在下 」〕之步驟: -51 - 201140240R1^Y (wherein Y represents a halogen atom or -〇c(: as defined by the definition, preferably the same), to obtain a photopolymerization represented by the following formula (Ia) The initiator (1-0, from the steroid (7a) at 160 ° C, further preferably 10 ° C. The reaction time varies depending on the reaction temperature, and the enthalpy is 4 to 12 hours. The aqueous solution of the amine in water is added in advance, and the above temperature range is added to the general body (7a) by extraction, etc., by the purity of the appropriate organic compound. The steroid (7 a ) and the following are obtained. , which is called an esterifying agent: 〇) Ri; Ri is a step as described above: polymerization initiator [below]: -51 - 201140240

R3 (式中,R1至R11及Ar是如前述之定義所示)。 上式中’ Y所代表的鹵素原子是包括:氟原子、氯原 子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳爲氯原子。 在步驟4所使用的酯化劑(8)之使用量是並無特殊 限制,相對於1莫耳之肟體(7a ),則較佳爲0.5至2莫 耳’進一步較佳爲0.8至1.2莫耳,從減少未反應物的觀 點,則進一步更佳爲以大致等量進行反應。 步驟4也可爲促進反應而在鹼的存在下實施。鹼是包 括:有機鹼或無機鹼。有機鹼是包括:例如三乙基胺、三 丁基胺等之胺類;吡啶等之含氮雜環式芳香族化合物等。 無機鹼是包括:例如碳酸鈉等之鹼金屬碳酸鹽;碳酸鎂等 之鹼土金屬類碳酸鹽;氫氧化鈉等之鹼金屬氫氧化物;氫 氧化鎂等之鹼土金屬氫氧化物等。此等之中,較佳爲有機 驗’更佳爲胺類、含氮雜環式芳香族化合物,從反應效率 及製造成本的觀點’則進一步更佳爲三乙基胺、吡啶。 在使用鹼的情況’從光聚合引發劑(I_a )之收率及 製造成本的觀點,則相對於1莫耳之肟體(7a),其使用 里較佳爲1至5莫耳,進一步較佳爲15至3莫耳。 -52- 201140240 步驟4較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑是可列舉較 佳爲三級丁基甲基醚、乙基甲基醚、環戊基甲基醚、四氫 呋喃(THF )等之醚類。 步驟4之反應溫度較佳爲反應開始時爲-50至5 °C ( 較佳爲· 1 〇至5 °C ),隨著反應進行則緩慢地返回至室溫 (約1 5至25°C )。反應時間是因應肟體(7a )、酯化劑 (8)之種類及使用量、以及反應溫度而不同,通常較佳 爲0.5至1 0小時,進一步較佳爲1至5小時。 步驟4之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如在適當的溶 劑中混合肟體(7 a )及酯化劑(8 ),對此逐滴加入鹼, 逐滴加入結束後,使反應液之溫度緩慢地返回室溫並繼續 攪拌,藉此可獲得本發明之光聚合引發劑(I-a)。 反應結束後,從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得光聚合引發劑(I-a ) 。藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等一般的有機 化合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高光聚合引發劑(ΙΟ 的 純度。 藉由上述所獲得本發明之光聚合引發劑(I-a )是在 咔唑骨架中之氮原子賦予含有酯基之特殊的取代基。因此 ,其係與光硬化性組成物中之具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合 物(特別是具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之化合物)、具有酸 鍵及/或酯鍵且在2 5 °C爲液體之化合物的相溶性、及對溶 劑(包含前述之具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化 合物)的溶解性爲高、對光(特別是波長爲450 nm以下 -53- 201140240 之短波長的光)的感度爲高,解析度及顯影性、進而深部 硬化性優異,更進一步與基板之密著性成爲良好。此外’ 該光聚合引發劑(I-a )並無因曝光時之光所產生的分解 物而導致聚合物之污染或裝置之污染。 另外,光聚合引發劑(I-a )對於特定化合物或溶劑 的相溶性或溶解性之高低是在感度、解析度及顯影性、進 而深部硬化性之提高上有所貢獻,因此,在彩色濾光片用 途上是可稱得上爲重要的要素。特別是在彩色濾光片用途 方面,光聚合引發劑相對於100質量份之具有醚鍵及/或 酯鍵之溶劑(特別是醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯等),則較佳 爲可溶解5質量份以上,更佳爲可溶解1 〇質量份以上, 由於本發明之光聚合引發劑(I-a)是符合此等條件,因 此適合作爲包含在彩色濾光片用光硬化性組成物中之光聚 合引發劑、以及用於包含在高遮光性之黑色矩陣用光硬化 性組成物中之光聚合引發劑。 (1·光聚合引發劑(I-a)之製造方法) 本發明之光聚合引發劑(bb )之製造方法是並無特 殊限制,例如以下述步驟〗至步驟4即可容易地製造。 (步驟1 ) 步驟1是製造方法因應w及Z而不同,以下則針對 各情況而加以說明。 <评是單鍵、z是〉NR3’的情況〉 以下述通式(1)所代表的咔唑衍生物〔在下文中, 則稱爲「咔唑衍生物(1 )」〕: -54- 201140240 R6 R11R3 (wherein R1 to R11 and Ar are as defined above). The halogen atom represented by 'Y' in the above formula includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like, and is preferably a chlorine atom. The amount of the esterifying agent (8) used in the step 4 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.5 to 2 mol's and further preferably 0.8 to 1.2 with respect to 1 mol of the carcass (7a). From the viewpoint of reducing unreacted materials, it is more preferable to carry out the reaction in substantially the same amount. Step 4 can also be carried out in the presence of a base to promote the reaction. The base includes: an organic base or an inorganic base. The organic base is, for example, an amine such as triethylamine or tributylamine; a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic compound such as pyridine. The inorganic base is, for example, an alkali metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate; an alkaline earth metal carbonate such as magnesium carbonate; an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide; and an alkaline earth metal hydroxide such as magnesium hydroxide. Among these, it is preferable that the organic test is more preferably an amine or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic compound, and more preferably triethylamine or pyridine from the viewpoints of reaction efficiency and production cost. In the case of using a base, 'from the viewpoint of the yield of the photopolymerization initiator (I_a) and the production cost, it is preferably from 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of the steroid (7a), further Good for 15 to 3 moles. -52- 201140240 Step 4 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is preferably an ether such as tertiary butyl methyl ether, ethyl methyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether or tetrahydrofuran (THF). The reaction temperature in the step 4 is preferably from -50 to 5 ° C at the start of the reaction (preferably from 1 Torr to 5 ° C), and slowly returns to room temperature as the reaction proceeds (about 15 to 25 ° C). ). The reaction time varies depending on the kind of the steroid (7a), the type and amount of the esterifying agent (8), and the reaction temperature, and is usually preferably from 0.5 to 10 hours, more preferably from 1 to 5 hours. The embodiment of the step 4 is not particularly limited. For example, the steroid (7 a ) and the esterifying agent (8 ) are mixed in a suitable solvent, and a base is added dropwise thereto, and the temperature of the reaction solution is added after the dropwise addition. The photopolymerization initiator (Ia) of the present invention can be obtained by slowly returning to room temperature and continuing stirring. After completion of the reaction, a photopolymerization initiator (I-a) can be obtained by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction from the obtained reaction mixture. By purifying by a general method of purifying a general organic compound such as distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization, the photopolymerization initiator (purity of ruthenium) can be improved. The photopolymerization initiator of the present invention obtained as described above can be obtained. (Ia) is a specific substituent which imparts an ester group to a nitrogen atom in the carbazole skeleton. Therefore, it is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the photocurable composition (particularly having (methyl) a compound of a propylene oxime group), a compound having an acid bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C, and a solvent (including the aforementioned ether bond and/or ester bond at 25 °) C is a liquid compound) has high solubility, and has high sensitivity to light (especially light having a wavelength of 450 nm or less -53 to 201140240), and is excellent in resolution, developability, and deep hardenability. Further, the adhesion to the substrate is good. Further, the photopolymerization initiator (Ia) does not cause contamination of the polymer or contamination of the device due to decomposition products generated by light during exposure. Further, a photopolymerization initiator ( I- a) The compatibility or solubility of a specific compound or solvent contributes to the improvement of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and further deep hardenability, and therefore, it can be called for use in color filters. It is an important factor. In particular, in the use of a color filter, the photopolymerization initiator is more than 100 parts by mass of a solvent having an ether bond and/or an ester bond (particularly, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, etc.). 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and the photopolymerization initiator (Ia) of the present invention satisfies these conditions, and thus is suitable as photocurability for color filters. A photopolymerization initiator in the composition, and a photopolymerization initiator for use in a photocurable composition for a black matrix having high light-shielding properties. (1. Method for Producing Photopolymerization Initiator (Ia)) The method for producing the photopolymerization initiator (bb) is not particularly limited, and can be easily produced, for example, by the following steps to step 4. (Step 1) Step 1 is that the manufacturing method differs depending on w and Z, and the following is for In the case of a single bond, z is >NR3'. The carbazole derivative represented by the following formula (1) [hereinafter, referred to as "carbazole derivative (1)" ”::54- 201140240 R6 R11

式中’ R6至R11是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相同 與以下列通式(2b )所代表的丙烯醯胺衍生物〔在下文中 ,則稱爲「丙烯醯胺衍生物(2b )」〕: 0 (2b) R5 R3· (式中,R3、R3’、R4及R5是如前述之定義所示,較佳者 也是相同), 在鹼的存在下進行反應,以獲得以下列通式(3 b )所代表 的醯胺基導入體〔在下文中,則稱爲「醯胺基導入體(3b )」〕之步驟: R6 R11Wherein 'R6 to R11 are as defined above, and are preferably the same as the acrylamide derivative represented by the following formula (2b) (hereinafter, referred to as "acrylamide derivative (2b) )]]: 0 (2b) R5 R3 · (wherein R 3 , R 3 ', R 4 and R 5 are as defined above, preferably the same), and the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base to obtain the following The mercapto group-introducing body represented by the formula (3b) (hereinafter, referred to as "melamine-based introducing body (3b)"): R6 R11

(式中,R3、R3’、R4至R11是如前述之定義所示’較佳 者也是相同)。 在步驟1所使用的两嫌醯版:衍生物(2^)之使用量是 並無特殊限制,相對於1莫耳之昨哩衍生物(1)’則較 佳爲0.5至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲〇·8至丨·2旲耳’從減 -55- 201140240 少未反應物的觀點,則進一步更佳爲以大致等量進 〇 步驟1是在鹼的存在下實施。該鹼是可使用可 邁克爾加成反應之鹼,且並無特殊限制,有機鹼、 中任一者皆可使用。有機鹼是包括:例如吡啶、二 十一烯(DBU)、二吖雙環十一·烯(DBN)等,較 核性低之鹼,更佳爲DBU' DBN»無機鹼是包括: 酸鈉、碳酸鉀等之鹼金屬碳酸鹽;碳酸鎂、碳酸鈣 土金屬類碳酸鹽;碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等之鹼金屬 鹽;氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等之鹼金屬氫氧化物;氫 、氫氧化鈣等之鹼土金屬氫氧化物等。此等之中, 鹼金屬碳酸鹽、鹼土金屬類碳酸鹽,更佳爲鹼金屬 ,進一步更佳爲碳酸鉀。 該鹼之使用量是並無特殊限制,從反應效率及 本的觀點,相對於1莫耳之咔唑衍生物(1 ),則 0.5至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲0.8至1.2莫耳,進 佳爲以大致等量而使用。 步驟1較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。該溶劑是 選擇可溶解咔唑衍生物(1)、丙烯醯胺衍生物( 鹼之溶劑即可。具體而言,可列舉二甲基甲醯胺( 、二甲基亞颯(DMSO)、二氯甲烷等。 步驟1之反應溫度是並無特殊限制,通常較 10至50°C,進一步較佳爲在15至4〇°C,更佳爲省 3 〇°C下實施。反應壓力是並無特殊限制,較佳爲在 行反應 使用於 無機鹼 吖雙環 佳爲親 例如碳 等之驗 碳酸氫 氧化鎂 較佳爲 碳酸鹽 製造成 較佳爲 —步更 適當地 2b)及 DMF ) 佳爲在 :15至 常壓下 -56- 201140240 實施。反應時間是也因應咔唑衍生物(1 )、丙烯醯胺衍 生物(2b)及驗之種類或使用量、以及反應溫度或反應壓 力等而不同’通常較佳爲約2小時至48小時。 步驟1之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如將咔唑衍生 物(1)、丙燒醯胺衍生物(2b)及鹼全部添加至溶劑中 ’且較佳爲在前述溫度下進行攪拌,藉此可製造醯胺基導 入體(3b )。 反應結束後’從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得醯胺基導入體(3b)。 藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等—般的有機化 合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高醯胺基導入體(3b ) 的純度。 -其他方法- 醯胺基導入體(3b)之製造是也可採用下列方法。 將前述咔唑衍生物(1 )與以下列通式(2b ’)所代表 的羧酸基導入劑〔在下文中,則稱爲「羧酸基導入劑( 2b,)」〕: R5(wherein R3, R3', and R4 to R11 are as defined above, and preferably are the same). The amount of the two elixirs: the derivative (2^) used in the step 1 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.5 to 2 m with respect to 1 mol of the 哩 derivative (1)'. It is further preferred that 〇·8 to 丨·2 旲 ear 'from the viewpoint of reducing the amount of unreacted materials from -55 to 201140240, it is further preferred to carry out the treatment in substantially the same amount. Step 1 is carried out in the presence of a base. The base is a base which can be used in the Michael addition reaction, and is not particularly limited, and any of the organic bases can be used. The organic base is, for example, pyridine, hexadecene (DBU), dinonicycloundecene (DBN), etc., a less basic base, more preferably DBU' DBN» inorganic base includes: sodium, An alkali metal carbonate such as potassium carbonate; a metal carbonate such as magnesium carbonate or calcium carbonate; an alkali metal salt such as sodium hydrogencarbonate or potassium hydrogencarbonate; an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide; An alkaline earth metal hydroxide such as calcium hydroxide. Among these, an alkali metal carbonate or an alkaline earth metal carbonate is more preferably an alkali metal, and still more preferably potassium carbonate. The amount of the base to be used is not particularly limited, and is from 0.5 to 2 mol, more preferably from 0.8 to 1.2 mol, based on the reaction efficiency and the present viewpoint, with respect to the 1 mol of the carbazole derivative (1). Jin Jia is used in roughly the same amount. Step 1 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is selected to dissolve the carbazole derivative (1) and the acrylamide derivative (the solvent of the base. Specifically, dimethylformamide (DMSO, DMSO), The reaction temperature of the step 1 is not particularly limited and is usually carried out at 10 to 50 ° C, more preferably at 15 to 4 ° C, more preferably at 3 ° C. The reaction pressure is There is no particular limitation, and it is preferred that the reaction be carried out in an inorganic base, a double ring, a parent such as carbon, or the like, preferably a carbonate, preferably a carbonate, preferably a step, more preferably 2b) and a DMF. In: 15 to atmospheric pressure -56- 201140240 implementation. The reaction time is also different depending on the carbazole derivative (1), the acrylamide derivative (2b), the type or amount of the test, the reaction temperature or the reaction pressure, etc., and it is usually preferably about 2 hours to 48 hours. The embodiment of the step 1 is not particularly limited. For example, the carbazole derivative (1), the acetoin derivative (2b) and the base are all added to the solvent, and it is preferred to carry out the stirring at the aforementioned temperature. This makes it possible to produce a guanamine-based introducer (3b). After the completion of the reaction, the guanamine-based introducer (3b) can be obtained by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction from the obtained reaction mixture. Purification by the purification method of an organic compound such as an appropriate distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization can increase the purity of the guanamine-introducing body (3b). - Other methods - The production of the guanamine-based introducer (3b) can also be carried out by the following methods. The above carbazole derivative (1) and a carboxylic acid group introducing agent represented by the following formula (2b') (hereinafter, referred to as "carboxylic acid group introducing agent (2b,)"): R5

(式中’ R4及R5是如前述之定義所示;R24是代表碳數 爲1至5之烷基), 在鹼的存在下進行反應(第一反應),所獲得以下列通式 所代表的含有羧酸基之咔唑衍生物: -57- 201140240 R6 R11(wherein R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; R 24 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), and the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base (first reaction), which is represented by the following formula A carbazole derivative containing a carboxylic acid group: -57- 201140240 R6 R11

R10R10

O^^OH (式中’ R4至R11是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相同 ), 與例如在亞硫酿氯(thionyl chloride)的存在下,以 HNRR3 (R3及R3是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相 同)所代表的胺進行反應(第二反應),以獲得醯胺基導 入體(3b)之方法。該醯胺基導入體(31))是可使用市售 品。 另外,R24所代表的碳數爲1至5之烷基是包括:例 如甲基 '乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、三級 丁基等。此等之中,較佳爲甲基、乙基。 在前述第一反應所使用的鹼是並無特殊限制,有機鹼 、無機鹼中任一者皆可使用。有機鹼是包括:例如吡啶、 二吖雙環十一烯(DBU )、二吖雙環十一烯(DBN )等, 較佳爲親核性低之鹼,更佳爲DBU、DBN。無機鹼是包括 :例如碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀等之鹼金屬碳酸鹽;碳酸鎂、碳酸 鈣等之鹼土金屬類碳酸鹽;碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等之鹼金 屬碳酸氫鹽;氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等之鹼金屬氫氧化物; 氫氧化鎂、氫氧化鈣等之鹼土金屬氫氧化物等。此等之中 ,鹼較佳爲無機鹼,更佳爲鹼金屬氫氧化物。 -58- 201140240 該鹼之使用量是並無特殊限制,從反應效率及製造成 本的觀點,相對於1莫耳之咔唑衍生物(1 ),則較佳爲 0.5至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲0.8至1.2莫耳,進一步更 佳爲以大致等量而使用。 第一反應較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑是適當地 選擇可溶解咔唑衍生物(1 )、羧酸基導入劑(2 b ’)及前 述鹼之溶劑即可。具體而言,可列舉二甲基甲醯胺(DMF )、二甲基亞颯(DMSO)、二氯甲烷等,較佳爲DMF。 第一反應之反應溫度是並無特殊限制,通常較佳爲在 10至50 °C ’進一步較佳爲在15至40 °C,更佳爲在15至 3 0 °C下實施.。第一反應之反應壓力是並無特殊限制,較佳 爲在常壓下貫施。反應時間是因應咔哩衍生物(1)及驗 之種類或使用量、及羧酸基導入劑(2b’)之使用量、以 及反應溫度及反應壓力等而不同,通常較佳爲約2小時至 4 8小時。 第一反應之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如將咔唑衍 生物(1)、羧酸基導入劑(2b’)及鹼全部添加至溶劑中 ’且較佳爲在前述溫度下進行攪拌,藉此可製造含有羧酸 基之咔唑衍生物。 第一反應結束後,藉由萃取等一般的有機化合物之分 離方法,即可獲得前述含有羧酸基之咔唑衍生物。藉由適 當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等一般的有機化合物之 精製方法進行精製’則可提高該含有羧酸基之味唑衍生物 的純度。 -59- 201140240 在第二反應所使用的亞硫醯氯之使用量,相對於1莫 耳之在第一反應所使用的咔唑衍生物(1),則較佳爲使 用約1至10莫耳即可,進一步較佳爲約2至5莫耳。 在第二反應所使用的以Η N R3 R3 ’所代表的胺之使用量 ,相對於1莫耳之在第一反應所使用的咔唑衍生物(1 ) ’則較佳爲使用約1至1 0莫耳即可,進一步較佳爲約2 至7莫耳。 第二反應較佳爲在溶劑的 可溶解前述含有羧酸基之咔唑 則並無特殊限制。例如可列舉 腈等,較佳爲乙腈。 第二反應之反應溫度是並 1 0至5 0 °C,進一步較佳爲在 30 °C下實施。第二反應之反應 爲在常壓下實施。反應時間是 衍生物、前述胺及鹼之種類或 應壓力等而不同,通常較佳爲 第二反應之實施形態是並 有羧酸基之咔唑衍生物與前述 滴加入亞硫醯氯,逐滴加入結 進行攪拌,藉此可製造醯胺基 反應結束後,從所獲得反 有機化合物之分離方法’即可 藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析 存在下實施。溶劑是只要爲 衍生物、前述胺之溶劑時, 二氯甲烷、硝苯 '丙酮、乙 無特殊限制,通常較佳爲在 15至40 °C,更佳爲在15至 壓力是並無特殊限制,較佳 因應前述含有羧酸基之咔唑 使用量、以及反應溫度及反 約1小時至1 〇小時。 無特殊限制,例如將前述含 胺添加至溶劑中,並對此逐 束後,較佳爲在前述溫度下 導入體(3b )。 應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 獲得醯胺基導入體(3 b )。 法、再結晶等一般的有機化 •60- 201140240 合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高醯胺基導入體(3b) 的純度。 < W是氧原子、Z是單鍵的情況> 較佳爲將前述咔唑衍生物(1)與將碳酸伸乙酯在_ 的存在下進行反應(第一反應),所獲得以下列通式所α 表的含有羥基之咔唑衍生物: R6 R11O^^OH (wherein R4 to R11 are as defined above, preferably the same), and HNRR3 (R3 and R3 are as described above), for example, in the presence of thionyl chloride As the definition, it is preferred that the amine represented by the reaction is carried out (second reaction) to obtain a mercapto group-introducing body (3b). A commercially available product can be used as the amidoxime-based introducer (31). Further, the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R24 includes, for example, methyl 'ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl and the like. Among these, a methyl group and an ethyl group are preferable. The base to be used in the first reaction is not particularly limited, and any of an organic base and an inorganic base can be used. The organic base is, for example, pyridine, diindole bicycloundecene (DBU), dinonicycloundecene (DBN) or the like, preferably a base having a low nucleophilicity, more preferably DBU or DBN. The inorganic base is an alkali metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate; an alkaline earth metal carbonate such as magnesium carbonate or calcium carbonate; an alkali metal hydrogencarbonate such as sodium hydrogencarbonate or potassium hydrogencarbonate; An alkali metal hydroxide such as potassium hydroxide; an alkaline earth metal hydroxide such as magnesium hydroxide or calcium hydroxide. Among these, the base is preferably an inorganic base, more preferably an alkali metal hydroxide. -58- 201140240 The amount of the base to be used is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of reaction efficiency and production cost, it is preferably 0.5 to 2 mol per 1 mol of the carbazole derivative (1), further Preferably, it is from 0.8 to 1.2 moles, and further preferably used in substantially equal amounts. The first reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is preferably a solvent which can dissolve the carbazole derivative (1), the carboxylic acid group introducing agent (2b') and the above-mentioned base. Specific examples thereof include dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethylammonium (DMSO), dichloromethane, and the like, and DMF is preferred. The reaction temperature of the first reaction is not particularly limited, and it is usually preferably carried out at 10 to 50 ° C', more preferably 15 to 40 ° C, still more preferably 15 to 30 ° C. The reaction pressure of the first reaction is not particularly limited, and it is preferably applied under normal pressure. The reaction time varies depending on the type (1) of the hydrazine derivative, the type and amount of the test, the amount of the carboxylic acid group-introducing agent (2b'), the reaction temperature, the reaction pressure, etc., and is usually preferably about 2 hours. To 4 8 hours. The embodiment of the first reaction is not particularly limited. For example, the carbazole derivative (1), the carboxylic acid group-introducing agent (2b'), and the base are all added to the solvent, and it is preferred to carry out stirring at the aforementioned temperature. Thereby, a carbazole derivative containing a carboxylic acid group can be produced. After completion of the first reaction, the above-mentioned carboxylic acid group-containing carbazole derivative can be obtained by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction. The purity of the carboxylic acid group-containing oxazole derivative can be improved by performing purification by a general method for purifying a general organic compound such as distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization. -59- 201140240 The amount of sulfoxide used in the second reaction is preferably about 1 to 10 moles relative to 1 mole of the carbazole derivative (1) used in the first reaction. The ear may be, and is further preferably about 2 to 5 moles. The amount of the amine represented by Η N R3 R3 ' used in the second reaction is preferably about 1 to 1 mol with respect to 1 mol of the carbazole derivative (1)' used in the first reaction. 10 moles may be used, and further preferably about 2 to 7 moles. The second reaction is preferably a solvent which is soluble in the aforementioned carboxylic acid group-containing carbazole, and is not particularly limited. For example, a nitrile or the like can be mentioned, and acetonitrile is preferred. The reaction temperature of the second reaction is from 10 to 50 ° C, and more preferably at 30 ° C. The reaction of the second reaction is carried out under normal pressure. The reaction time is different depending on the type of the derivative, the amine and the base, or the pressure, and it is usually preferred that the second reaction embodiment is a carbazole derivative having a carboxylic acid group and the aforementioned dropwise addition of sulfoxide. The addition of a knot is carried out by stirring, whereby the separation of the obtained anti-organic compound can be carried out in the presence of a suitable distillation or column chromatography after the completion of the reaction of the mercapto group. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a derivative or a solvent of the aforementioned amine, and methylene chloride, n-benzene 'acetone, and B are not particularly limited, and are usually preferably at 15 to 40 ° C, more preferably at 15 to pressure. Preferably, the amount of the carbazole containing the carboxylic acid group is used, and the reaction temperature is reversed from about 1 hour to 1 hour. There is no particular limitation, for example, the addition of the aforementioned amine to the solvent, and after the bundling, it is preferred to introduce the body (3b) at the aforementioned temperature. The hydrazide-based introducer (3b) is obtained by a general extraction of the mixed solution or the like. General organicization such as method and recrystallization. 60-201140240 Purification method of the compound can improve the purity of the guanamine-based product (3b). <W is an oxygen atom, and Z is a single bond> It is preferred to carry out the reaction of the above-mentioned carbazole derivative (1) with ethyl formate in the presence of _ (first reaction), and the following a hydroxy-containing carbazole derivative of the formula α: R6 R11

(式中,R6至R11是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相同 ), 在鹼的存在下,與以R3COY ( R3是如前述之定義所示, 較佳者也是相同;此外,Y是代表鹵素原子。)所代表的 醯基鹵化物進行反應(第二反應),以獲得以下列通式( 3b’)所代表的酯基導入體〔在下文中,則稱爲「酯基導 入體(3b’)」〕之方法: R6 R11(wherein R6 to R11 are as defined above, preferably the same), in the presence of a base, and R3COY (R3 is as defined above, preferably the same; in addition, Y The sulfhydryl halide represented by the halogen atom is represented by a halogen atom. The second ester reaction is carried out to obtain an ester group introducer represented by the following formula (3b') (hereinafter, referred to as "ester group introducer" Method of (3b')"]: R6 R11

(式中,R3至R11是如前述之定義所示,較佳者也是相同 •61 - 201140240 在前述第一反應所使用的碳酸伸乙酯之使用量,相對 於1莫耳之咔唑衍生物(1 ),則較佳爲0.7至15莫耳, 進一步較佳爲1至10莫耳》 在第一反應所使用的驗較佳爲有機鹼,例如三乙基胺 、三丁基胺等之胺類:吡啶等之含氮雜環式芳香族化合物 等。此等之中,較佳爲胺類,更佳爲三乙基胺。該鹼之使 用量是並無特殊限制,從反應效率及製造成本的觀點,相 對於1莫耳之咔唑衍生物(1),則較佳爲0.5至2莫耳 ’進一步較佳爲0.8至I.2莫耳’進一步更佳爲以大致等 量而使用。 第一反應較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑是適當地 選擇可溶解咔唑衍生物(1)或碳酸伸乙酯、以及前述鹼 之溶劑即可。具體而言,可列舉二甲基甲醯胺(D M F )、 二甲基亞颯(DMSO)、二氯甲烷等,較佳爲DMF。 第一反應之反應溫度是並無特殊限制,通常較佳爲在 60至130 °C,進一步較佳爲在80至120 °C,更佳爲在90 至1 1 0 °C下實施。第一反應之反應壓力是並無特殊限串IJ, 較佳爲在常壓下實施。反應時間是因應咔唑衍生物(1) 及鹼之種類或使用量、碳酸伸乙酯之使用量、以及反應溫 度及反應壓力等而不同,通常較佳爲約1小時至1 0小時 〇 第一反應之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如將咔唑衍 生物(1 )、碳酸伸乙酯及鹼全部添加至溶劑中,且較佳 爲在前述溫度下進行攪拌,藉此可製造前述含有羥基之咔 -62- 201140240 唑衍生物。 第一反應結束後’從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等一 般的有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得前述含有羥基之咔 哩衍生物。藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等之 一般的有機化合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高該含有 羥基之咔唑衍生物的純度。 就在第二反應所使用的以r3coy所代表的醯基鹵化 物而言’可舉例醯基氯化物、醯基碘化物等,較佳爲醯基 氯化物。 該醯基鹵化物之使用量’相對於1莫耳之在第一反應 所使用的咔唑衍生物(1 ),則較佳爲約0.7至3莫耳, 進一步較佳爲1至2莫耳,進一步更佳爲以大致等量而使 用。 在第二反應所使用的鹼較佳爲例如三乙基胺、三丁基 胺、一異丙基乙基胺等之胺類。驗之使用量,相對於1莫 耳之前述醯基鹵化物,則較佳爲約0.7至3莫耳,進一步 較佳爲1至2莫耳,進一步更佳爲以大致等量而使用。 第二反應較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑是可使用 在一般的醯化反應中可使用之溶劑,只要其爲不阻礙反應 時,則並無特殊限制。具體而言,其可列舉二氯甲烷、硝 苯、丙嗣、乙腈等,較佳爲乙腈。 第二反應之反應溫度是並無特殊限制,通常較佳爲在 10至50 °c,進一步較佳爲在15至40 °c,更佳爲在15至 3 〇 °C下實施。第二反應之反應壓力是並無特殊限制,較佳 -63- 201140240 爲在常壓下實施。反應時間是因應前述含有羥基之咔唑衍 生物、前述醯基鹵化物及鹼之種類或使用量、以及反應溫 度及反應壓力等而不同,通常較佳爲約1小時至1 〇小時 〇 第二反應之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如將前述含 有羥基之咔唑衍生物、前述醯基鹵化物以及鹼全部添加至 溶劑中’且較佳爲在前述溫度下進行攪拌,藉此可製造酯 基導入體(3b’)。 反應結束後,從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得酯基導入體(3b’)。 藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等一般的有機化 合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高酯基導入體(3b’) 的純度。 (步驟2 ) 步驟2是藉由將經以步驟1所獲得醯胺基導入體(3b )或酯基導入體(3b’)〔在下文中,考慮及方便因素, 則將此等彙總稱爲「官能基導入體(3b )」〕,與以下列 通式(4 ) 、 ( 5 )所代表的兩種醯化劑〔在下文中,則分 別稱爲醯化劑(4 )及醯化劑(5 )):(wherein R3 to R11 are as defined above, preferably the same. • 61 - 201140240 The amount of ethyl carbonate used in the first reaction described above, relative to 1 mole of carbazole derivative (1) is preferably 0.7 to 15 moles, more preferably 1 to 10 moles. The test used in the first reaction is preferably an organic base such as triethylamine or tributylamine. Amines: nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic compounds such as pyridine, etc. Among them, preferred are amines, more preferably triethylamine. The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, and the reaction efficiency and The viewpoint of the production cost is preferably 0.5 to 2 mols, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 mol%, with respect to 1 mol of the carbazole derivative (1). Further preferably, it is substantially equal. The first reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent, and the solvent is appropriately selected from a solvent which can dissolve the carbazole derivative (1) or ethyl carbonate, and the above-mentioned base. Specifically, two Methylformamide (DMF), dimethyl hydrazine (DMSO), dichloromethane, etc., preferably DMF. The temperature is not particularly limited and is usually preferably from 60 to 130 ° C, more preferably from 80 to 120 ° C, still more preferably from 90 to 110 ° C. The reaction pressure of the first reaction There is no special restriction series IJ, which is preferably carried out under normal pressure. The reaction time is dependent on the type or amount of the carbazole derivative (1) and the base, the amount of ethyl carbonate, and the reaction temperature and reaction pressure. It is usually preferably from about 1 hour to 10 hours. The embodiment of the first reaction is not particularly limited. For example, the carbazole derivative (1), ethyl acetate and the base are all added to the solvent. Further, it is preferred to carry out stirring at the above temperature, whereby the above-mentioned hydroxy-containing oxime-62-201140240 azole derivative can be produced. After the first reaction, the separation of the obtained reaction mixture by general organic compounds such as extraction is carried out. According to the method, the hydrazine-containing hydrazine derivative can be obtained, and the hydroxy-containing carbazole can be improved by performing purification by a general organic compound purification method such as distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization. Derivative purity In the case of the mercapto halide represented by r3coy used in the second reaction, 'anthracene chloride, mercapto iodide or the like can be exemplified, preferably mercapto chloride. The amount of the mercapto halide is used. The oxazole derivative (1) used in the first reaction with respect to 1 mole is preferably about 0.7 to 3 moles, more preferably 1 to 2 moles, still more preferably substantially The base used in the second reaction is preferably an amine such as triethylamine, tributylamine or monoisopropylethylamine. The amount used is relative to 1 mol of the foregoing. The mercapto halide is preferably from about 0.7 to 3 moles, more preferably from 1 to 2 moles, still more preferably used in substantially equal amounts. The second reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is a solvent which can be used in a general deuteration reaction, and is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the reaction. Specifically, it may, for example, be methylene chloride, nifedipine, propylene carbonate or acetonitrile, and acetonitrile is preferred. The reaction temperature of the second reaction is not particularly limited and is usually preferably from 10 to 50 ° C, more preferably from 15 to 40 ° C, still more preferably from 15 to 3 ° C. The reaction pressure of the second reaction is not particularly limited, and it is preferred that -63 to 201140240 be carried out under normal pressure. The reaction time varies depending on the type of the oxazole derivative containing the hydroxyl group, the type or amount of the above-mentioned mercapto halide and the base, the reaction temperature and the reaction pressure, and the like, and is usually preferably about 1 hour to 1 hour. The embodiment of the reaction is not particularly limited, and for example, the hydroxy group-containing carbazole derivative, the sulfonium halide, and the base are all added to a solvent, and it is preferred to carry out stirring at the above temperature, whereby an ester can be produced. Base introducer (3b'). After completion of the reaction, the ester-introducing body (3b') can be obtained by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction from the obtained reaction mixture. Purification by a general organic compound purification method such as appropriate distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization can improve the purity of the ester group-introducing body (3b'). (Step 2) Step 2 is to refer to the indole group-introducing body (3b) or the ester group-introducing body (3b') obtained in the step 1 (hereinafter, considering and convenience factors, the summary is referred to as " The functional group introducer (3b)"] and the two deuteration agents represented by the following general formulae (4), (5) (hereinafter, referred to as deuteration agent (4) and deuteration agent, respectively (5 )):

(式中,X是代表鹵素原子或- 0C(=0)Ar,X’是代表鹵 -64 - 201140240 素原子或一 〇C(= 0)R2 ; Ar及R2是如前述之定義所示, 較佳者也是相同), 在路易斯酸的存在下進行反應,以獲得以下列通式(6b) 所代表的二酮體〔在下文中’則稱爲「二酮體(6b)」〕 之步驟: ·(wherein X represents a halogen atom or - 0C(=0)Ar, X' represents a halogen-64 - 201140240 atom or a 〇C(= 0)R2; Ar and R2 are as defined above, Preferably, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a Lewis acid to obtain a diketone represented by the following formula (6b) (hereinafter referred to as "diketone (6b)"]: ·

(式中,R至RM、Ar、W及Z是如前述之定義所示,較 佳者也是相同)。 上式中’就X、X,所各自獨立地代表之鹵素原子而言 ,可舉例氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳爲氯 原子。 關於步驟2’從作爲目的之二酮體(6b)之收率的觀 點’則B能基導入體(3 b )與醯化劑(4 )及(5 )之反應 ’較佳爲經將官能基導入體(3 b )與醯化劑(4 )進行反 應後,其次與醯化劑(5 )進行反應。 從對擬基院基導入體(3b)導入各1個的各自之醯基 的觀點’酿化劑(4 )及(5 )之使用量,相對於1莫耳之 擬基院基導入體(3b) ’則各自較佳爲〇8至13莫耳, 進一步較佳爲1至1 .3莫耳,從減少未反應物的觀點,則 3i —步更:佳爲以大致等量進行反應。特別是在經使羰基烷 -65- 201140240 基導入體(3b )與醯化劑(4 )進行反應後,其次與醯化 劑(5 )進行反應的情況,則醯化劑(5 )之使用量即使超 過前述範圍也並無任何問題,但是即使爲太過量也並不能 獲得相對應的收率,結果有可能導致徒然增加生產成本。 步驟2較佳爲在路易斯酸的存在下實施。路易斯酸較 佳爲氯化鋁、三氟化硼-二乙基醚錯合物。從二酮體(6b )之收率的觀點,路易斯酸之使用量,相對於1莫耳之醯 化劑(4 )或(5 ),則通常較佳爲0 · 8至2 · 5莫耳,進一 步較佳爲1至2莫耳。 步驟2較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。該溶劑是只要其 爲通常可使用於夫里德耳-夸夫特醯化反應之溶劑時,則 並無特殊限制。具體而言,可列舉二氯甲烷、硝苯、丙酮 、乙腈等。 步驟2之反應溫度較佳爲反應開始時爲-5 0至5 °C ( 較佳爲-1 0至5 °C ),隨著反應進行則緩慢地返回至室溫 (約1 5至2 5 °C ) »反應時間是因應官能基導入體(3 b ) 、醯化劑(4 )及(5 )之種類及使用量、以及反應溫度而 不同,通常較佳爲1至3 0小時。另外,醯化劑(4 )及( 5 )兩者爲醯基鹵化物或酸酐的情況,經將官能基導入體 (3b )與醯化劑(4 )進行反應後,也可不加以離析產物 而緊接著與醯化劑(5 )進行反應。在此情況下,較佳爲 官能基導入體(3 b )與醢化劑(4 )之反應時間設定爲約 3 〇分鐘至5小時(較佳爲3 0分鐘至3小時),在另一方 面,則將官能基導入體(3 b )與醯化劑(5 )之反應時間 -66- 201140240 設定爲如約30分鐘至24 )之長一些以充分地進行 從收率的觀點說明步 如,一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊 溶劑混合後,對其混合溶 分鐘至1小時,進一步較 酸,添加結束後,緩慢地 進一步較佳爲10分鐘至 然後返回室溫且以一定時 攪拌。再度一邊以冰浴冷 對其緩慢地(較佳爲歷時 1〇分鐘至40分鐘)添加 室溫並繼續攪拌一定時間 可獲得二酮體(6b )。 反應結束後,從所獲 有機化合物之分離方法, 當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法 精製方法進行精製,則可 (步驟3 ) 步驟3是藉由將經以 基胺進行反應,以獲得以 在下文中,則稱爲「肟體 小時(較佳爲3 0分鐘至1 8小時 反應。 驟2之較佳的實施形態之一》例 將官能基導入體(3b)與適當的 液緩慢地添加入(較佳爲歷時5 佳爲10分鐘至40分鐘)路易斯 (較佳爲歷時5分鐘至1小時, 4〇分鐘)添加入醯化劑(4 ), 間(約3 0分鐘至5小時)繼續 卻一邊添加入醯化劑(5 ),並 5分鐘至1小時,進一步較佳爲 入路易斯酸,添加結束後,返回 (約3 0分鐘至2 4小時),藉此 得反應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 即可獲得二酮體(6b )。藉由適 、再結晶等一般的有機化合物之 提高二酮體(6 b )的純度。 步驟2所獲得二酮體(6b)與羥 下列通式(7b )所代表的肟體〔 (7b )」〕之步驟: -67- 201140240 至同 2 1 R 相 , 是 中也 式者 ( 佳(wherein R to RM, Ar, W and Z are as defined above, and the same is preferred). In the above formula, the halogen atom represented by X and X, which are independently represented by each, may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and is preferably a chlorine atom. Regarding the step 2' from the viewpoint of the yield of the target diketone body (6b), the reaction of the B-energy-introducing body (3b) with the deuterating agents (4) and (5) is preferably a functional group. The base introduction product (3b) is reacted with the deuteration agent (4), and then reacted with the deuteration agent (5). The amount of the brewing agents (4) and (5) from the point of introduction of each of the respective thiol groups to the pseudo-base-introducing body (3b), relative to the 1-mole-based matrix-based introducer ( 3b) ' Each is preferably from 8 to 13 moles, more preferably from 1 to 1.3 moles, from the viewpoint of reducing unreacted materials, then 3i - step is more preferably: the reaction is carried out in substantially equal amounts. In particular, after the reaction of the carbonyl alkane-65-201140240-based introduction product (3b) with the oximation agent (4) and the reaction with the oximation agent (5), the use of the oximation agent (5) Even if the amount exceeds the above range, there is no problem, but even if it is too large, the corresponding yield cannot be obtained, and as a result, it is possible to increase the production cost in vain. Step 2 is preferably carried out in the presence of a Lewis acid. The Lewis acid is preferably aluminum chloride or boron trifluoride-diethyl ether complex. From the viewpoint of the yield of the diketone body (6b), the Lewis acid is used in an amount of usually from 0.8 to 2.5 mole per 1 mol of the deuteration agent (4) or (5). Further preferably, it is 1 to 2 moles. Step 2 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent which can be generally used in the Friedel-Zraft blending reaction. Specific examples thereof include dichloromethane, nifedipine, acetone, and acetonitrile. The reaction temperature in the step 2 is preferably from -5 to 5 ° C (preferably from -10 to 5 ° C) at the beginning of the reaction, and slowly returns to room temperature as the reaction proceeds (about 15 to 25). °C) The reaction time varies depending on the type and amount of the functional group-introducing body (3b), the deuterating agents (4) and (5), and the reaction temperature, and is usually preferably from 1 to 30 hours. Further, in the case where both of the halogenating agents (4) and (5) are a mercapto halide or an acid anhydride, after the functional group-introducing body (3b) is reacted with the deuterating agent (4), the isolated product may not be isolated. This is followed by reaction with the oxime (5). In this case, it is preferred that the reaction time of the functional group-introducing body (3b) and the deuterating agent (4) is set to be about 3 to 5 hours (preferably 30 to 3 hours), in another In the aspect, the reaction time of the functional group-introducing body (3b) and the deuterating agent (5) is set to -66 to 201140240 as long as about 30 minutes to 24) to sufficiently carry out the step from the viewpoint of yield. The solvent was mixed while cooling in an ice bath, and the mixture was mixed and dissolved for 1 hour to further neutralize the acid. After the end of the addition, the mixture was slowly further preferably 10 minutes until it was returned to room temperature and stirred at a certain time. The diketone body (6b) can be obtained by slowly adding it to the room temperature and preferably stirring for a certain period of time while cooling in an ice bath (preferably for 1 minute to 40 minutes). After the completion of the reaction, the separation method of the obtained organic compound, and the purification by the distillation and column chromatography purification method may be carried out (Step 3). Step 3 is carried out by reacting the base amine to obtain Hereinafter, it is referred to as "the body of the carcass (preferably, 30 minutes to 18 hours of reaction. One of the preferred embodiments of the step 2). The functional group introducing body (3b) is slowly added with an appropriate liquid. Incorporation (preferably 5 minutes to 10 minutes to 40 minutes) Luis (preferably 5 minutes to 1 hour, 4 minutes) is added to the oxime (4), between (about 30 minutes to 5 hours) Continue to add the deuteration agent (5), and for 5 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably into the Lewis acid, after the end of the addition, return (about 30 minutes to 24 hours), thereby obtaining the reaction mixture The diketone body (6b) can be obtained by general extraction, etc. The purity of the diketone body (6b) is improved by general organic compounds such as appropriate recrystallization. Step 2 The diketone body (6b) and hydroxyl group are obtained. Steps of the steroid [(7b)" represented by the following general formula (7b): -67- 20114024 0 to the same as 2 1 R phase, is the Chinese version (good

如 2R10是 較 示 所 義 定 之 述 關於步驟3,羥基胺之供給源是並無特殊限制者,較 佳爲氯化羥基胺。該氯化羥基胺是例如在水中與醋酸鈉等 進行反應,藉此可獲得羥基胺之水溶液。 羥基胺(氯化羥基胺)之使用量,相對於1莫耳之二 酮體(6b),則較佳爲0.8至2莫耳,進一步較佳爲1至 1.5莫耳,更佳爲1至1.3莫耳,從減少未反應物的觀點 ,則進一步更佳爲以大致等量進行反應。 步驟3較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑較佳爲水溶 性有機溶劑,該水溶性有機溶劑較佳爲例如甲醇、乙醇等 之醇類,二甲基甲醯胺(DMF )等。 步驟3之反應溫度是並無特殊限制,從肟體(7b )之 收率的觀點,則通常較佳爲40至1601,進一步較佳爲 50至140°C ’更佳爲70至1 10°C。反應時間是因應二酮 體(6b)之種類及使用量、以及反應溫度而不同,通常較 佳爲0.5至20小時,進一步較佳爲1至12小時。 步驟3之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如預先在水中 混合氯化羥基胺與醋酸鈉以獲得羥基胺之水溶液,對此添 -68- 201140240 加入二酮體(6b )及溶劑,較佳爲在前述溫度範圍加以攪 拌,藉此可獲得肟體(7b).。 .反應結束後,從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得肟體(7b )。藉由適當 的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等一般的有機化合物之精 製方法進行精製’則可提高肟體(7b)的純度。 (步驟4 ) 步驟4是藉由將經以步驟3所獲得肟體(7b )與以下 列通式(8 )所代表的酯化劑〔在下文中,則稱爲「酯化 劑(8 )」〕進行反應: 人⑻ (式中’ Y是代表鹵素原子或一 OCC^C^R1; R1是如前述 之定義所示,較佳者也是相同), 以獲得以下列通式(I-b )所代表的光聚合引發劑〔在下 文中’則稱爲「光聚合引發劑(I-b )」〕之步驟:For example, 2R10 is determined by the above. Regarding step 3, the supply source of the hydroxylamine is not particularly limited, and it is preferably a hydroxylamine hydrochloride. The chlorinated hydroxylamine is, for example, reacted with sodium acetate or the like in water, whereby an aqueous solution of a hydroxylamine can be obtained. The amount of the hydroxylamine (hydroxylamine chloride) used is preferably 0.8 to 2 moles, more preferably 1 to 1.5 moles, still more preferably 1 to 1 mole of the diketone body (6b). 1.3 Mohr, further from the viewpoint of reducing unreacted materials, it is further preferred to carry out the reaction in substantially equal amounts. Step 3 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is preferably a water-soluble organic solvent, and the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol, dimethylformamide (DMF) or the like. The reaction temperature of the step 3 is not particularly limited, and is usually preferably from 40 to 1601, more preferably from 50 to 140 ° C, more preferably from 70 to 10 10 ° from the viewpoint of the yield of the steroid (7b). C. The reaction time varies depending on the kind and amount of the diketone body (6b) and the reaction temperature, and is usually preferably from 0.5 to 20 hours, more preferably from 1 to 12 hours. The embodiment of the step 3 is not particularly limited. For example, an aqueous solution of hydroxylamine and sodium acetate is added in advance to obtain a hydroxylamine aqueous solution, and the diketone (6b) and the solvent are preferably added to -68-201140240, preferably Stirring is carried out in the aforementioned temperature range, whereby the steroid (7b) can be obtained. After the completion of the reaction, the oxime (7b) can be obtained by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction from the obtained reaction mixture. The purity of the steroid (7b) can be improved by performing purification by a conventional method of purification of a general organic compound such as distillation, column chromatography or recrystallization. (Step 4) Step 4 is by using the steroid (7b) obtained in the step 3 and the esterifying agent represented by the following formula (8) [hereinafter, referred to as "esterification agent (8)" The reaction is carried out: human (8) (wherein Y represents a halogen atom or an OCC^C^R1; R1 is as defined above, preferably the same), to obtain a formula represented by the following formula (Ib) The photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter referred to as "photopolymerization initiator (Ib)"):

zv (式中’R1至RM、Ar、W及Z是如前述之定義所示)》 上式中’ Y所代表的鹵素原子是包括:氟原子、氛原 -69- 201140240 子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳爲氯原子。 在步驟4所使用的酯化劑(8)之使用量是並無特殊 限制,相對於1莫耳之肟體(7b ),則較佳爲0·5至2莫 耳’進一步較佳爲0.8至1.2莫耳,從減少未反應物的觀 點’則進一步更佳爲以大致等量進行反應。 步驟4也可爲促進反應而在鹼的存在下實施。就鹼而 言’可舉例有機鹼或無機鹼。就有機鹼而言,可舉例例如 三乙基胺、三丁基胺等之胺類;吡啶等之含氮雜環式芳香 族化合物等。就無機鹼而言,可舉例例如碳酸鈉等之鹼金 屬碳酸鹽:碳酸鎂等之鹼土金屬類碳酸鹽;氫氧化鈉等之 鹼金屬氫氧化物;氣氧化鎂等之鹼土金屬氫氧化物等。此 等之中’·較佳爲有機鹼’更佳爲胺類、含氮雜環式芳香族 化合物,從反應效率及製造成本的觀點,則進一步更佳爲 三乙基胺、吡啶。 在步驟4使用鹼的情況,其使用量從光聚合引發劑( I-b)之收率及製造成本的觀點,相對於1莫耳之肟體( 7b),則較佳爲1至5莫耳,進一步較佳爲〗.5至3莫耳 〇 步驟4較佳爲在溶劑的存在下實施。溶劑是可列舉較 佳爲三級丁基甲基醚、乙塞甲基醚、環戊基甲基醚、四氫 呋喃(THF )等之醚類。 步驟4之反應溫度較佳爲反應開始時爲_5〇至5。(:( 較佳爲-1 0至5 °c ),隨著反應進行則緩慢地返回至室溫 (約1 5至25°C )。反應時間是因應肟體(7b )、酯化劑 -70- 201140240 (8)之種類及使用量、以及反應溫度而不同,通常較佳 爲0 · 5至10小時’進一步較佳爲1至5小時。 步驟4之實施形態是並無特殊限制,例如蔣體(7b ) 及酯化劑(8 )在適當的溶劑中混合,對此逐滴加入鹼, 逐滴加入結束後’使反應液之溫度緩慢地返回室溫並繼續 攪拌’藉此可獲得本發明之光聚合引發劑(Lb )。 反應結束後,從所獲得反應混合液藉由萃取等一般的 有機化合物之分離方法,即可獲得光聚合引發劑(bb ) 。藉由適當的蒸餾、管柱式層析法、再結晶等—般的有機 化合物之精製方法進行精製,則可提高光聚合引發劑(^ b )的純度。 藉由上述所獲得本發明之光聚合引發劑(hb )是在 咔唑骨架中之氮原子附有含有酯基或醯胺鍵(或形成環的 醯胺鍵)之特殊的取代基。因此,與光硬化性組成物中之 具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物(特別是具有(甲基)丙烯 醯氧基之化合物)或具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體 之化合物的相溶性爲高,且對溶劑(包含前述之具有醚鍵 及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物)的溶解性爲高,對 光(特別是波長爲450 nm以下之短波長的光)的感度爲 高,解析度及顯影性、進而深部硬化性優異’更進一步與 基板之密著性則成爲良好。此外,該光聚合引發劑(I-b )並無因曝光時之光所產生的分解物而導致聚合物之污染 或裝置之污染。 另外,光聚合引發劑(I-b )對特定化合物或溶劑的 -71 - 201140240 相溶性或溶解性之高低是在感度、解析度及顯影性、·進而 深部硬化性之提高上有所貢獻,因此,在彩色濾光片用途 上是可稱得上爲重要的要素。特別是在彩色濾光片用途方 面,光聚合引發劑相對於100質量份之具有醚鍵及/或酯 鍵之溶劑(特別是醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯等),則較佳爲 可溶解5質量份以上,更佳爲可溶解10質量份以上,由 於本發明之光聚合引發劑(I-b )是符合此等條件,適合 作爲包含在彩色濾光片用光硬化性組成物中之光聚合引發 劑、以及包含在高遮光性之黑色矩陣用光硬化性組成物中 之光聚合引發劑。 其次,關於含有本發明之光聚合引發劑(I)之光硬 化性組成物、使用該光硬化性組成物之彩色濾光片、圖案 形成方法及液晶顯示裝置依序加以說明。 〔光硬化性組成物〕 本發明之光硬化性組成物是含有具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵 之化合物及/或黏合劑樹脂、及一種以上前述光聚合引發 劑(I)者。在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,更進一步可 含有顔色材料,又可視需要而含有除了前述光聚合引發劑 (I)以外之光聚合引發劑、分散劑、多官能單體、單官 能單體、增感劑及溶劑等,藉此所獲得光硬化性組成物在 彩色濾光片用途上是有用。另外,若官能基是具有烯鍵性 不飽和鍵時,則多官能單體及單官能單體就可成爲具有烯 鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物。 關於本發明之光硬化性組成物,從感度、解析度及顯 -72- 201140240 影性的觀點,則光聚合引發劑(〗)之含量,相對於光硬 化性組成物之固體成分,則較佳爲2至5 〇質量%,進— 步較佳爲2至3 0質量%,更佳爲4至1 5質量。/〇。 此外’若本發明之光硬化性組成物是含有除了前述光 聚合引發劑(I )以外之光聚合引發劑時,只要不顯著阻 礙本發明之功效’則除了該光聚合引發劑(I )以外之光 聚合引發劑之含量,相對於100質量份之光聚合引發劑( I ),則較佳爲1 〇〇質量份以下,進一步較佳爲50質量份 以下,更佳爲20質量份以下,進一步更佳爲1〇質量份以 下,特佳爲5質量份以下。 (具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物) 具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物是在光聚合引發劑(I )的存在下經光照射發生聚合反應而在光硬化性組成物中 可作爲黏合劑之化合物,且在所形成的畫素中可達成作爲 黏合劑之功能。在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,具有烯鍵 性不飽和鍵之化合物較佳爲含有5至60質量%’進一步 較佳爲1 0至4〇質量%。若爲在該範圍時’則所形成的畫 素與基板之密著性有成爲良好的傾向。另外’具有烯鍵性 不飽和鍵之化合物是可與後述之黏合劑樹脂倂用。倂用時 ’較佳爲其合計含量爲在前述範圍內。 就具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物的具體實例而言’可 舉例(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、α_氯丙烧酸等之不飽和一 元羧酸類;順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、伊康酸等之不飽和 二元羧酸或其軒類;偏苯三酸、焦蜜石酸等之三元以上之 -73- 201140240 不飽和多元羧酸或其酐類;苯乙烯、α -甲基苯乙烯 乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、二乙烯基苯 '乙烯基甲苯等 族乙烯基化合物;(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基) 乙酯' (甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異 (甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯 基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2 -乙基己酯 基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲 烯酸羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲 烯酸甲氧基乙酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸(丙氧基)丙 甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸乙二醇酯 (甲基)丙烯酸乙二醇酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸丙二 聚二(甲基)丙烯酸丙二醇酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸 二醇酯、三(甲基)丙烯酸三羥甲基丙烷酯、(甲 烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯等之(多元 α,β -不飽和羧酸加以酯化而成之化合物;(甲基) 2-胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-二甲基胺基乙酯、 )丙烯酸2-胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-二甲基 酯等之不飽和羧酸胺基烷基酯類;(甲基)丙烯酸 油酯等之不飽和羧酸縮水甘油酯類;醋酸乙烯酯、 烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、苯甲酸乙烯酯等之羧酸乙烯酯 烯基甲基醚、乙烯基乙基醚、烯丙基縮水甘油基醚 基乙烯基醚等之不飽和醚類:(甲基)丙烯腈、α-腈、二氛亞乙烯等之氛化乙烯基化合物;(甲基) 胺、α-氯丙烯醯胺、Ν-2-羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯醯 、氯苯 之芳香 丙稀酸 丙酯、 、(甲 、(甲 基)丙 基)丙 酯' ( 、聚二 醇酯、 1,6-己 基)丙 )醇以 丙烯酸 (甲基 胺基丙 縮水甘 丙酸乙 類;乙 、異丁 氯丙烯 丙烯醯 胺等之 -74- 201140240 不飽和醯胺類;順丁烯二醯亞胺、N -苯基順丁烯二 、N -環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺' 等之不飽和醯亞胺類 丁二烯 '異戊二烯、氯丁二烯等之脂肪族共軛二烯 此等之中’從與本發明之光聚合引發劑(I)的相 觀點,則較佳爲具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之化合物 具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物是可單獨使用一 其兩種以上倂用。 另外’在具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物是具有 /或酯鍵(較佳爲醚鍵及酯鍵)的具有烯鍵性不飽 化合物的情況,由於與本發明之光聚合引發劑(I 溶性而更優異,因此在本發明之光硬化性組成物中 後述溶_劑之量或製成爲無溶劑,使用如此之化合物 佳。在使用至少一種具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵的具有烯 飽和鍵之化合物作爲具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物 ,相對於光硬化性組成物之總量,溶劑之量是僅爲 量%以下即可,也可進一步爲5質量%以下,進一 成爲無溶劑》 (黏合劑樹脂) 黏合劑樹脂是在所形成的畫素中提供作爲黏合 用者,只要其爲與基板之密著性爲良好者時,則並 .限制者。如此之黏合劑樹脂在本發明之光硬化性組 固體成分中,較佳爲含有 5至 60質量%,進一步 1 0至4 0質量°/〇。若爲在此範圍時,則所形成的畫 板之密著性有成爲良好的傾向。此外,黏合劑樹脂 醯亞胺 ;1,3- 類等。 溶性的 〇 種,或 醚鍵及 和鍵之 )的相 可減少 也爲較 鍵性不 的情況 10質 步也可 劑之作 無特殊 成物之 較佳爲 素與基 之重量 -75- 201140240 平均分子量,從所形成的畫素與基板之密著性的觀 較佳爲3,000至100,000,進一步較佳爲5,000至 。另外,在本說明書中,重量平均分子量是以凝膠 法(GPC )測定且經聚苯乙烯所換算得之値。 另外,如前所述,黏合劑樹脂是可與前述具有 不飽和鍵之化合物倂用。 上述黏合劑樹脂是可使用與一般使用於彩色濾 光硬化性組成物之黏合劑樹脂爲相同者。具體而言 舉乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-氯乙烯共聚物、 烯、丙烯腈-苯乙烯共聚物、ABS樹脂、聚甲基丙 脂、乙烯-甲基丙烯酸樹脂、聚氯乙烯樹脂、氯化 、聚乙烯醇、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚對苯二甲 醇酯、聚碳酸酯、聚乙烯基縮醛、聚醚醚酮、聚醚 苯硫、聚芳酯、聚乙烯醇縮丁醛、環氧樹脂、苯氧 、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺基醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺基 、聚醚醯亞胺樹脂、酚樹脂、尿素樹脂等。並且, 舉屬聚合性單體之(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基) 乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異 (甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯 基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、( 丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲 烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正癸酯、苯乙烯、< 苯乙烯、N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、(甲基)丙烯酸 油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二 點,則 50,000 透層析 烯鍵性 光片用 ,可列 聚苯乙 烯酸樹 氯乙烯 酸丁二 颯、聚 基樹脂 酸樹脂 也可列 丙烯酸 丙酯、 、(甲 甲基) 基)丙 t -甲基 縮水甘 環戊院 -76- 201140240 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環 苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯 基丙烯酸、丙烯酸之二聚 有限公司(Toagosei Co·, ),伊康酸、巴豆酸、順 醋酸、此等之酸酐等之一 或共聚物等。此外,也可 烯鍵性不飽和化合物加成 特佳的黏合劑樹脂是 鹼可溶性樹脂,例如鹼可 之鹼可溶性樹脂較佳爲含 聚合的烯鍵性不飽和單體 內同時具有環氧基與烯鍵 基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等 而成者。 上述含有羧基之不飽 基)丙烯酸 '巴豆酸、順 酸一〔2-(甲基)丙烯醯 • 2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙 羧基己內酯等,特佳爲( 之不飽和單體是可單獨使 上述烯鍵性不飽和單 ' (甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯 基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、( 戊烷氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 甲酯之一種以上,與丙烯酸、甲 物(例如東亞合成化學工業股份 Ltd.)製造、商品名「M-5600」 丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、乙烯基 種以上進行反應所獲得之高分子 列舉將具有縮水甘油基或羥基之 於該共聚物而成之高分子等。 包括:具有羧基等酸性官能基之 溶性丙烯酸酯系樹脂。具有羧基 有羧基之不飽和單體與其他可共 之共聚物,更佳爲經加成在分子 性不飽和基之化合物,例如(甲 而將烯鍵性不飽和基導入於側鏈 和單體是包括:例如較佳爲(甲 丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸酐、琥珀 氧基乙基〕酯、鄰苯二甲酸一〔 基〕酯、聚一(甲基)丙烯酸ω-甲基)丙烯酸。另外,含有羧基 用一種、或其兩種以上併兩。 體是包括:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲 甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烷酯、(甲 -77- 201140240 基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、(甲基) 丙烯酸苯甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙嫌 酸2-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等 、及此等之巨單體類;Ν-甲基順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν_環己基 順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν _苯甲基順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν _苯基順丁 燦二醯亞胺、Ν -甲基苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等之Ν取代順丁 嫌一醯亞胺類等。另外,烯鍵性不飽和單體是可單獨使用 一·種、或其兩種以上倂用。 (顏色材料) 在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,可進一步含有顏色材 料而作爲著色光硬化性組成物。該顏色材料是可列舉顏料 、染料 '天然色素等。顏色材料是可單獨使用一種、或其 兩種以上倂用。從色再現性、硬化性及顯影性的觀點,在 本發明之光硬化性組成物之固體成分中,較佳爲含有5至 6〇質量%,進一步較佳爲5至50質量%之顏色材料。 顏料是包括有機顏料、無機顏料,從發色性及耐熱性 的觀點,則較佳爲有機顔料。有機顏料是包括:例如在色 指數(C.I. ; The Sobiety of Dyers and Colourists 出版) 中被分類爲顏料(Pigment)之化合物(c.I.顏料藍、C_I. 顔料紫、C.I.顏料綠、C.I.顏料紅、c」.顏料黃、c·〗·顏料 橙等)。 另外,顏色材料較佳爲經以下列分散劑加以分散成均 勻。 -78- · 201140240 (分散劑) 分散劑是只要其爲可將上述顏色材料加以分散成均勻 者時,則可使用習知的分散劑。具體而言,可列舉經改質 之聚胺基甲酸酯、經改質之聚丙烯酸酯、經改質之聚酯、 經改質之聚醯胺等之高分子分散劑、磷_酯、烷基胺、聚 氧乙烯烷基苯基醚等之界面活性劑或顔料衍生物。此等之 中,較佳爲高分子分散劑,具體的的市售品之商品名是包 括:EFKA-4046、EFKA-4047、EFKA 高分子 10、EFKA 高 分子 400、EFKA 高分子 401、EFKA 高分子 4300、EFKA 高分子 4 3 3 0 (以上是汽巴精化股份有限公司(Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.)製造);Disperbyk 111、 D i sp erb yk 16 1 、 Disperbyk 16 5 、 Disperbyk 167 、Zv (wherein 'R1 to RM, Ar, W and Z are as defined above). In the above formula, the halogen atom represented by Y represents: a fluorine atom, an atom-69-201140240, a bromine atom, An iodine atom or the like is preferably a chlorine atom. The amount of the esterifying agent (8) to be used in the step 4 is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 0.5 to 2 mols with respect to 1 mol of the steroid (7b). Further preferably 0.8. It is further preferable to carry out the reaction in substantially equal amounts from the viewpoint of reducing unreacted materials to 1.2 mol. Step 4 can also be carried out in the presence of a base to promote the reaction. In the case of a base, an organic base or an inorganic base can be exemplified. The organic base may, for example, be an amine such as triethylamine or tributylamine; a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic compound such as pyridine or the like. The inorganic base may, for example, be an alkali metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate: an alkaline earth metal carbonate such as magnesium carbonate; an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide; an alkaline earth metal hydroxide such as magnesium oxide or the like; . In the above, the organic base is preferably an amine or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic compound, and more preferably triethylamine or pyridine from the viewpoint of reaction efficiency and production cost. In the case where the base is used in the step 4, the amount thereof to be used is preferably from 1 to 5 mols per 1 mol of the steroid (7b) from the viewpoint of the yield of the photopolymerization initiator (Ib) and the production cost. Further preferably, the step 5 is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. The solvent is preferably an ether such as tertiary butyl methyl ether, ethylene methyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether or tetrahydrofuran (THF). The reaction temperature in the step 4 is preferably from _5 Torr to 5 at the start of the reaction. (: (preferably -1 0 to 5 °c), slowly returning to room temperature (about 15 to 25 ° C) as the reaction proceeds. The reaction time is in response to the steroid (7b), the esterifying agent - 70- 201140240 (8) The type and amount of use, and the reaction temperature are different, and it is usually preferably from 0.5 to 10 hours, and further preferably from 1 to 5 hours. The embodiment of step 4 is not particularly limited, for example, The jiang body (7b) and the esterifying agent (8) are mixed in a suitable solvent, and a base is added dropwise thereto, and after the dropwise addition is completed, the temperature of the reaction liquid is slowly returned to room temperature and stirring is continued. The photopolymerization initiator (Lb) of the present invention, after completion of the reaction, a photopolymerization initiator (bb) can be obtained by a separation method of a general organic compound such as extraction from the obtained reaction mixture. Purification of a general organic compound purification method such as column chromatography or recrystallization can increase the purity of the photopolymerization initiator (^b). The photopolymerization initiator (hb) of the present invention obtained as described above. Is a nitrogen atom in the carbazole skeleton attached with an ester group or a guanamine bond ( Or a special substituent which forms a guanamine bond of the ring. Therefore, it has a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (particularly a compound having a (meth)acryloxy group) in the photocurable composition or has The solubility of a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C is high, and solubility to a solvent (comprising a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond as described above and being a liquid at 25 ° C) In addition, it is high in sensitivity to light (especially light having a short wavelength of 450 nm or less), and is excellent in resolution, developability, and deep hardenability, and is further excellent in adhesion to a substrate. The photopolymerization initiator (Ib) does not cause contamination of the polymer or contamination of the device due to decomposition products generated by light upon exposure. In addition, the photopolymerization initiator (Ib) is specific to a compound or solvent -71 - 201140240 The compatibility or solubility is a factor that contributes to the improvement of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and deep hardenability. Therefore, it is an important component in the use of color filters. In color In the use of the filter, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably soluble in 5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of a solvent having an ether bond and/or an ester bond (particularly, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate or the like). More preferably, it is 10 parts by mass or more, and the photopolymerization initiator (Ib) of the present invention is suitable as a photopolymerization initiator contained in the photocurable composition for a color filter, and includes A photopolymerization initiator in a photocurable composition for a black matrix having a high light-shielding property. Next, a photocurable composition containing the photopolymerization initiator (I) of the present invention, and a color using the photocurable composition The filter, the pattern forming method, and the liquid crystal display device will be described in order. [Photocurable composition] The photocurable composition of the present invention is a compound containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and/or a binder resin, and one or more of the above photopolymerization initiators (I). In the photocurable composition of the present invention, a coloring material may be further contained, and a photopolymerization initiator, a dispersing agent, a polyfunctional monomer, a monofunctional monomer other than the photopolymerization initiator (I) may be optionally contained. A photocurable composition obtained by using a body, a sensitizer, a solvent, or the like is useful for use in a color filter. Further, when the functional group has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the polyfunctional monomer and the monofunctional monomer can be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. With respect to the photocurable composition of the present invention, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (?) is higher than that of the photocurable composition, from the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution, and the apparent property of -72 to 201140240. Preferably, it is 2 to 5 % by mass, and further preferably 2 to 30% by mass, more preferably 4 to 15 % by mass. /〇. In addition, when the photocurable composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator other than the photopolymerization initiator (I), it is not the photopolymerization initiator (I) as long as it does not significantly impair the effect of the present invention. The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 1 part by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (I). Further, it is more preferably 1 part by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5 parts by mass or less. (Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is polymerized by light irradiation in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator (I), and can be used as a binder in a photocurable composition. The compound functions as a binder in the formed pixels. In the photocurable composition of the present invention, the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably contains 5 to 60% by mass', more preferably 10 to 4% by mass. If it is in this range, the adhesion between the formed pixel and the substrate tends to be good. Further, the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used in combination with a binder resin to be described later. When it is used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above range. In the specific example of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, 'unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloropropanoic acid, and the like; maleic acid, antibutene Unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as diacid or itaconic acid or its sulphate; trivalent or higher of trimellitic acid, pyrophoric acid, etc. -73- 201140240 Unsaturated polycarboxylic acid or its anhydride; styrene , α-methylstyrene ethylene, methoxystyrene, divinylbenzene 'vinyl toluene and other vinyl compounds; methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)ethyl ester '(meth)acrylic acid Propyl ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate), butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate Ester, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (hydroxyethyl methacrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate, poly(methyl) acrylate (propoxy) ) propyl methyl) vinyl acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate (meth) acrylate Glycol ester, propylene dimercapto di(meth) acrylate, diol di(meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(meth)acrylate, (methylene methacrylate) a compound obtained by esterifying a polyvalent α,β-unsaturated carboxylic acid such as propyl ester or benzyl (meth)acrylate; (meth) 2-aminoethyl ester; (meth)acrylic acid 2-di Aminoalkyl esters of methylaminoethyl ester, 2-aminopropyl acrylate, 2-dimethyl methacrylate, etc.; or alkyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Saturated carboxylic acid glycidyl esters; vinyl acetate, alkenyl methyl ether, vinyl ethyl ether, allyl glycidyl ether group, such as vinyl acetate, enester, vinyl butyrate, vinyl benzoate An unsaturated ether such as vinyl ether: an aromatic vinyl compound such as (meth)acrylonitrile, α-nitrile or divinylidene; (meth)amine, α-chloropropenylamine, Ν-2- Hydroxyethyl (meth) propylene hydride, propyl propyl propyl acrylate, (methyl, (meth) propyl) propyl ester (, poly 2 Alcohol ester, 1,6-hexyl)propanol with acrylic acid (methylaminopropyl glycidic acid B; B, isobutyl chloride propylene decylamine, etc. -74- 201140240 unsaturated decylamine; Unsaturated quinone imines such as enediamine, N-phenyl-butenylene, N-cyclohexylmethyleneimine, etc., isoprene, chloroprene, etc. In the case of the aliphatic conjugated diene, from the viewpoint of the photopolymerization initiator (I) of the present invention, it is preferred that the compound having a (meth) propylene oxime group has an ethylenically unsaturated bond. The compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof. Further, the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an ester bond (preferably an ether bond and an ester bond). In the case of the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention (I is more excellent in solubility), the amount of the solvent to be used in the photocurable composition of the present invention or the solvent is not used, and such a compound is preferably used. When at least one compound having an ethylenic bond having an ether bond and/or an ester bond is used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the amount of the solvent is only a few % or less with respect to the total amount of the photocurable composition. In addition, it may be further 5% by mass or less, and it may become solvent-free (Binder resin). The binder resin is provided as a binder in the formed pixel as long as it has good adhesion to the substrate. When, then, and limit. The binder resin is preferably contained in the photocurable group solid component of the present invention in an amount of from 5 to 60% by mass, further from 10 to 40% by mass. If it is in this range, the adhesion of the formed tablet tends to be good. In addition, the binder resin is imidium, 1,3-class, and the like. The soluble phase, or the ether bond and the bond phase can be reduced or the bond is not the same. 10 The mass step can also be used as a special product without a special product. The weight of the base and the base is -75- 201140240 The average molecular weight is preferably from 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the formed pixel and the substrate. Further, in the present specification, the weight average molecular weight is measured by a gel method (GPC) and converted in terms of polystyrene. Further, as described above, the binder resin is used in combination with the aforementioned compound having an unsaturated bond. The above binder resin can be used in the same manner as the binder resin generally used for the color filter curable composition. Specifically, an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, an ethylene-vinyl chloride copolymer, an alkene, an acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer, an ABS resin, a polymethyl propyl acrylate, an ethylene-methacrylic resin, a polyvinyl chloride resin, Chlorinated, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene terephthalate, polyparaphenylene glycol ester, polycarbonate, polyvinyl acetal, polyether ether ketone, polyether benzene sulfur, polyarylate, polyethylene Alcohol butyral, epoxy resin, phenoxy, polyimide resin, polyamidolimine resin, polyamidoamine, polyetherimide resin, phenol resin, urea resin, and the like. Further, as a polymerizable monomer, methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)ethyl ester, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and n-butyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylate, ( Isobutyl methacrylate) butyl acrylate, n-pentyl (meth) acrylate, (n-hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (n-octyl methacrylate) N-decyl methacrylate, styrene, <styrene, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, oil (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Point, 50,000 transparent chromatographic olefinic light sheet, can be listed as polystyrene acid chloroethylene butyl hydride, poly phenolic acid resin can also be propyl acrylate, (methyl) propyl t- Base Shrinkage Cyclosporin-76- 201140240 Ester, bicyclophenyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl acrylate (meth) acrylate, Acagosei Co., Ikonic acid, crotonic acid And one or a copolymer of acetic acid, such an acid anhydride, etc. Further, The ethylenically unsaturated compound is particularly excellent as an alkali-soluble resin. For example, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic group. Polyglycidyl acrylate and the like. The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing unsaturated) acrylic acid crotonic acid, cis-[2-(methyl) propylene phthalate 2-(methyl) propylene oxy ethoxyethyl carboxy caprolactone, etc., particularly preferably (unsaturated) The monomer may be one or more of the above ethylenically unsaturated mono-(n-butyl (meth)acrylate) isobornyl acrylate, (pentaloxyethyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, and acrylic acid). And a product obtained by reacting a product (for example, East Asian Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) under the trade name "M-5600", butyric acid, fumaric acid, or vinyl species, will have a glycidyl group. Or a polymer obtained by using a hydroxyl group in the copolymer, etc., including a soluble acrylate-based resin having an acidic functional group such as a carboxyl group, and a copolymer having a carboxyl group-containing unsaturated group and other copolymers, more preferably The compound which is added to the molecularly unsaturated group, for example, (A, the ethylenically unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain and the monomer is included, for example, preferably (methane acid, maleic anhydride, amber) Oxyethyl ester, o-phthalate a mono(meth)ester or a poly(meth)acrylic acid ω-methyl)acrylic acid. Further, the carboxyl group is used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof. The body includes: methyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Cyclohexyl acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, allyl acrylate (methyl-77-201140240), styrene, α-methylstyrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ( Methyl)dicyclopentenyl acrylate, and the like, and such macromonomers; Ν-methyl maleimide, Ν_cyclohexyl maleimide, Ν benzyl cis Butylene diimide, hydrazine phenyl cis butyl quinone imine, hydrazine - methyl phenyl maleimide, etc., substituted cis-butyl amide, etc. The unsaturated monomer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof (color material). The photocurable composition of the present invention may further contain a color. The coloring material is a coloring photocurable composition, and examples of the coloring material include a pigment, a dye, a natural coloring matter, etc. The coloring material may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof, from color reproducibility, hardenability, and developability. In view of the solid content of the photocurable composition of the present invention, it is preferably a color material containing 5 to 6 % by mass, and more preferably 5 to 50% by mass. The pigment is an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. From the viewpoints of color developability and heat resistance, organic pigments are preferred. Organic pigments include, for example, compounds classified as pigments in color index (CI; The Sobiety of Dyers and Colourists) (cI pigments) Blue, C_I. Pigment Violet, CI Pigment Green, CI Pigment Red, c". Pigment Yellow, c·〗, Pigment Orange, etc.). Further, the color material is preferably dispersed to be uniform by the following dispersant. -78- · 201140240 (Dispersant) The dispersant is a conventional dispersant as long as it can disperse the above-mentioned color materials to be uniform. Specific examples thereof include a modified polyurethane, a modified polyacrylate, a modified polyester, a modified polymer of a polyamine, a phosphorus dispersant, and the like. A surfactant or pigment derivative such as an alkylamine or a polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether. Among these, a polymer dispersant is preferable, and a specific commercial product name includes EFKA-4046, EFKA-4047, EFKA polymer 10, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, and EFKA high. Molecule 4300, EFKA polymer 4 3 3 0 (above is manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.); Disperbyk 111, D i sp erb yk 16 1 , Disperbyk 16 5 , Disperbyk 167 ,

Disperbyk 182、Disperbyk 2000、Disperbyk 200 1 (以上 是 BYK Chemie Japan 股份有限公司(BYK Chemie Japan Corp.)製造);SOLSPERSE 24000、SOLSPERSE 27000 、SOLSPERSE 28000 (以上是 The Lubrizol 公司(The Lubrizol Corporation)製造);AJISPER (註冊商標) PB821、PB822 (味之素 Fine-Techno股份有限公司( Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc.)製造)等。 欲使分散劑包含在本發明之光硬化性組成物中時,只 要其爲能使上述顏色材料均勻分散者時,則其含量是並無 特殊限制者,從顏色材料之分散性、光硬化性組成物之顯 影性、及減少在未曝光處的顯影殘渣的觀點,則相對於光 硬化性組成物之固體成分總量,較佳爲0 · 5至3 0質量% , -79- 201140240 進—步較佳爲1至20質量。/。。 另外’從顏色材料之分散量及分散性的觀點,則顏色 材料(特別是顏料)與分散劑較佳爲經在後述之溶劑中混 合而成爲分散液後使用。 (多官能單體) 可適當地包含在本發明之光硬化性組成物中之多官能 單體是包括具有與上述黏合劑樹脂相溶性的(甲基)丙烯 醯氧基之單體,具體而言,可列舉較佳爲二官能(甲基) 丙烯酸酯及三官能以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。多官能單 體是可單獨使用一種、或其兩種以上倂用。 二官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯是可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯 酸1,4-丁二醇酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸新戊二醇酯、二(甲 基)丙嫌酸1,6-己二醇酯、聚二(甲基)丙烯酸丙二醇酯 '二(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇酯、聚二(甲基)丙烯酸乙二 醇酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸雙酚A酯等。 此外,三官能以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯是可列舉例 如三(甲基)丙烯酸三羥甲基丙烷酯、三(甲基)丙烯 酸三羥甲基乙烷酯、三(甲基)丙烯酸新戊四醇酯、四 (甲基)丙烯酸新戊四醇酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸二新戊 四醇酯、六(甲基)丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯(DPHA)、五 (甲基)丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯、或經羧酸改質之五(甲 基)丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯等之含有羧基之多官能(甲基 )丙烯酸酯* 欲使多官能單體包含在本發明之光硬化性組成物中時 -80- 201140240 ,相對於光硬化性組成物之固體成分總量,其含量較佳胃 3至50質量%。若爲在此範圍時,由於光硬化可充分地進 行,則在鹼顯影時,曝光部分無被洗提的顧慮,且鹼顯影 性爲良好。 (單官能單體) 在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,可適當地含有之單官 能單體是可列舉較佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,例如(甲基 )丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯' (甲基)丙燦 酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙二醇酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烷酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙三醇酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸2 -羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2 -甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸甲氧基乙二醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸硬脂酯等。 (增感劑) 並且,在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,視需要也可含 有增感劑。增感劑是在基板上塗布本發明之光硬化性組成 物後加以曝光時,用於吸收所照射之能量,並擔負將其所 吸收之能量貢獻於上述本發明之光聚合引發劑之引發反應 的作用之物質。 具體而言,「增感劑」是可列舉:4,4’-雙(二乙基胺 -81- 201140240 基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、4 -甲 基-4’-二乙基胺棊二苯甲酮、4 -甲氧基-4’-二乙基胺基二 苯甲酮、4,4’ -雙(二丙基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二 異丙基胺基)二苯甲酮等。此等是可單獨使用一種、或其 兩種以上倂用。 欲使增感劑包含在本發明之光硬化性組成物中時,相 對於光硬化性組成物之固體成分總量,則其含量較佳爲1 至1 0質量%。 (溶劑) 在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,也可爲分散顏色材料 而含有溶劑。該溶劑是只要其爲使用於一般的彩色濾光片 用光硬化性組成物者時,則並無特殊限制。具體而言,其 可列舉:乙二醇一甲‘基醚、乙二醇一乙基醚、丙二醇一甲 基醚、二甘醇一乙基醚、二甘醇二甲基醚、二甘醇二乙基 酸、一丙一醇一甲基酸等之(一或聚)伸院基二醇(一或 聚)烷基醚類、及此等之醋酸酯類;二醋酸丙二醇酯、二 醋酸1,3 -丁二醇酯等之二醋酸酯類;四氫呋喃等之醚類; 甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2 -庚酮等之酮類;2 -羥基丙酸甲酯 、3-羥基丙酸乙酯、醋酸乙酯、醋酸正丁酯、醋酸異丁酯 、丁酸異丁酯、丁酸正丁酯、3 -甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3_乙氧 基丙酸乙酯、醋酸3 -甲氧基丁酯、乳酸乙酯、醋酸環己醇 酯等之酯類;甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族烴類等。溶劑是可 單獨使用一種、或其兩種以上併用。 此等之中,從相溶性、溶解性、顔料分散性及塗布性 -82- 201140240 的觀點,則具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物 ,具體而言,較佳爲醋酸丙二醇一甲基醚酯、醋酸3 -甲氧 基丁酯、乙二醇一甲基醚、二甘醇二乙基醚,更佳爲具有 醚鍵及酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物。 欲使溶劑包含在本發明之光硬化性組成物時,在光硬 化性組成物總量中,其含量較佳爲5 0至9 0質量%。通常 若爲在此範圍時,則顏料分散性良好,可使光阻塗布特性 (面內均勻性)成爲良好者。另外,本發明之光聚合引發 劑由於與具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物的 相溶性優異,若如上述溶劑爲具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物時,則也可大幅度地減少在光硬化性組 成物中之溶劑的含量。此時,在本發明之光硬化性組成物 中,具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物的含量 ,由於可在相對於1質量份之光聚合引發劑(Π爲較佳 的5至1 00質量份之範圍任意選擇,視需要也可相對於1 質量份之光聚合引發劑(I )爲約5至20質量份,更佳爲 約5至1 0質量份之少量。 (其他成分) 在本發明之光硬化性組成物中,可更進一步視需要而 含有無機塡充劑、密著促進劑、抗凝集劑' 聚合停止劑、 鏈轉移劑、調平劑、塑化劑、消泡劑、矽烷偶合劑、紫外 線吸收劑等。 〔彩色濾光片〕 彩色濾光片之製造方法較佳爲使用含有顏色材料的本: -83- 201140240 發明之光硬化性組成物,且利用以光刻法來形成具有孔部 的著色層(圖案)之方法。若爲此方法,例如在進行上述 曝光時’即使在發生能量之繞射等的情況,也可製成爲不 容易受其影響者。因此’可製成在著色層形成微細圖案狀 的孔部之高精細彩色濾光片。 (圖案形成方法) 就使用本發明之光硬化性組成物且以光刻法而進行圖 案形成之方法說明如下。關於其方法只要其爲可在著色層 形成孔部之方法時,則並無特殊限制者。例如,將本發明 之光硬化性組成物塗布於基板,經乾燥後透過設置有開口 部與遮蔽部之光罩等照射能量而加以曝光,接著進行顯影 ,以形成圖案。另外,將此反復進行複數次,以將例如紅 色、綠色、藍色之各自圖案形成於基板上,其次,形成氧 化銦錫(ITO)等之透明電極膜,藉此可製得彩色濾光片 〇 前述光硬化性組成物之塗布方法是並無特殊限制,可 利用例如旋轉塗布法或噴霧塗布、浸漬塗布、輥式塗布、 圓緣式塗布、棒式塗布等習知的塗布方法。塗布後之乾燥 ,通常較佳爲在5 0至1 5 0 °C下實施1 5秒鐘至1 0分鐘。 曝光時所使用的光源是可爲與一般在形成著色層時所 使用的光源爲相同,較佳爲超高壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、 金屬鹵化物燈等之在紫外部具有高明線之燈。藉此,可更 有效地發揮上述光硬化性組成物之特性。 此外,將前述光硬化性組成物顯影之方法,只要其爲 -84- 201140240 可移除不要部分之光硬化性組成物時,則其方法等並無特 殊限制者,可與一般在製造彩色濾光片時所採取之顯影爲 相同的方法。此時,例如經將顯影液之種類、顯影液之濃 度、顯影液或洗淨水之壓力等加以最適化,藉此可將孔部 形成更微細的圖案狀。 另外,可使用於本步驟之基板是可使用與一般使用於 彩色濾光片之基板(透明基板)爲相同者。具體而言,可 列舉石英玻璃、無鹼玻璃、合成石英板等非可撓性之透明 剛性材;或透明樹脂薄膜、光學用樹脂板等具有可撓性之 透明可撓性材。 基板之厚度是並無特殊限制,可因應本發明之彩色濾 光片用途而使用例如爲約100/zm至1 mm者。 在彩色濾光片之製造,視需要可適當地具有例如形成 遮光部之遮光部形成步驟、在上述著色層上形成外護膜層 之步驟等其他步驟。 〔液晶顯示裝置〕 本發明之液晶顯示裝置是具有前述本發明之彩色濾光 片與對置基板、與形成於該彩色濾光片與該對置基板間之 液晶層者,其構成並無特殊限制,可採取與使用習知的彩 色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置爲相同構成。 例如,如第1圖所示,本發明之液晶顯示裝置40是 將所獲得彩色濾光片1 0 (顯示側基板)、與具有TFT陣 列基板(液晶驅動側基板)之對置基板2 0面對面而配置 ’並以密封劑加以接合兩基板之內面側周緣部時,兩基板 -85- 201140240 則可以保持著所定距離的液晶胞間隙之狀態下而貼合。然 後,將液晶塡充於基板間之間隙部並加以密封而成爲液晶 層30,藉此可獲得屬液晶面板的主動矩陣方式之彩色液 晶顯示裝置。另外,此時,本發明之彩色瀘光片1〇是具 有透明基板1、遮光部2及著色層3。 液晶顯示裝置之驅動方式是並無特殊限制,一般而言 ,可採用使用於液晶顯示裝置之驅動方式。例如,TN ( 扭轉向列:Twisted Nematic)方式、IPS (面內切換:111· Plane Switching)方式、OCB(光學補償彎曲:Optically Compensatory Bend)方式及 MVA (多域分割垂直配向: Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)方式等。此外,構成 液晶層之液晶是可因應液晶顯示裝置之驅動方式等而使用 介電異向性不同的各種液晶及此等之混合物。 《實施例》 其次’以實施例更詳細說明本發明,但是本發明並不 受限於此等實施例者。 &lt;實施例1 &gt; (步驟1 )Disperbyk 182, Disperbyk 2000, Disperbyk 200 1 (above is BYK Chemie Japan Corp.); SOLSPERSE 24000, SOLSPERSE 27000, SOLSPERSE 28000 (above is manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation); AJISPER (registered trademark) PB821, PB822 (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc.). When the dispersant is to be included in the photocurable composition of the present invention, the content thereof is not particularly limited as long as it is such that the color material can be uniformly dispersed. The dispersibility and photocurability of the color material are not particularly limited. The viewpoint of the developability of the composition and the reduction of the development residue at the unexposed portion is preferably from 0.5 to 30% by mass, and from -79 to 201140240, with respect to the total solid content of the photocurable composition. The step is preferably from 1 to 20 mass. /. . Further, from the viewpoint of the amount of dispersion of the color material and the dispersibility, the color material (particularly pigment) and the dispersing agent are preferably used after being mixed in a solvent to be described later to form a dispersion. (Polyfunctional monomer) The polyfunctional monomer which can be suitably contained in the photocurable composition of the present invention is a monomer including a (meth) acryloxy group having compatibility with the above binder resin, specifically In other words, a difunctional (meth) acrylate and a trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate are preferable. The polyfunctional monomer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof. The difunctional (meth) acrylate is exemplified by, for example, 1,4-butylene glycol (meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, and di(methyl)propionic acid 1,6- Hexanediol ester, poly(di)(meth)acrylic acid propylene glycol diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, and the like. Further, examples of the trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate include trimethylolpropane tris(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tris(meth)acrylate, and tris(meth)acrylic acid. Pentaerythritol ester, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (DPHA), penta(methyl a carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional (meth) acrylate such as dipentaerythritol acrylate or a carboxylic acid-modified pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate* to be included in a polyfunctional monomer In the photocurable composition of the present invention, from -80 to 201140240, the content of the photocurable composition is preferably from 3 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the photocurable composition. When it is in this range, since the photocuring can be sufficiently performed, there is no concern that the exposed portion is eluted at the time of alkali development, and the alkali developability is good. (monofunctional monomer) The monofunctional monomer which can be suitably contained in the photocurable composition of the present invention is preferably a (meth) acrylate such as allyl (meth) acrylate. Benzyl (meth)acrylate 'butoxyethyl (meth)propionate, butoxyethylene (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Cyclopentane ester, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) 2 - hydroxypropyl acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate 2 - Methoxyethyl ester, methoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, and the like. (Sensitizer) Further, the photocurable composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer as needed. The sensitizer is used for absorbing the irradiated energy when the photocurable composition of the present invention is applied onto a substrate and then exposing it, and is responsible for the initiation reaction of the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention. The substance of the role. Specifically, the "sensitizer" is exemplified by 4,4'-bis(diethylamine-81-201140240-based) benzophenone and 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)diphenyl. Methyl ketone, 4-methyl-4'-diethylamine benzophenone, 4-methoxy-4'-diethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-bis(dipropyl Amino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diisopropylamino)benzophenone, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the sensitizer is to be contained in the photocurable composition of the present invention, the content thereof is preferably from 1 to 10% by mass based on the total amount of the solid content of the photocurable composition. (Solvent) In the photocurable composition of the present invention, a solvent may be contained in the dispersion color material. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is used for a photocurable composition for a general color filter. Specific examples thereof include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethylene glycol. Diethyl acid, monopropanol monomethyl acid, etc. (mono- or poly)-extension-based diol (mono- or poly) alkyl ethers, and the acetates thereof; propylene glycol diacetate, diacetic acid Diacetate such as 1,3 -butylene glycol ester; ether such as tetrahydrofuran; ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone or 2-heptanone; methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, 3- Ethyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid An ester, an ester of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate or cyclohexyl acetate; an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene or xylene; and the like. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C from the viewpoints of compatibility, solubility, pigment dispersibility, and coatability-82-201140240 is specifically preferable. It is propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, more preferably has an ether bond and an ester bond and is liquid at 25 ° C Compound. When the solvent is contained in the photocurable composition of the present invention, the content thereof is preferably from 50 to 90% by mass based on the total amount of the photohardenable composition. In general, when it is in this range, the pigment dispersibility is good, and the photoresist coating property (in-plane uniformity) can be improved. Further, the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention is excellent in compatibility with a compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being liquid at 25 ° C, and if the above solvent has an ether bond and/or an ester bond at 25 ° When C is a liquid compound, the content of the solvent in the photocurable composition can be drastically reduced. In this case, in the photocurable composition of the present invention, the content of the compound having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being a liquid at 25 ° C is possible in comparison with 1 part by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (Π The range of preferably 5 to 100 parts by mass is arbitrarily selected, and may be about 5 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably about 5 to 10 parts by mass, per part by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (I), as needed. (Other components) In the photocurable composition of the present invention, an inorganic chelating agent, an adhesion promoter, an anti-aggregating agent, a polymerization stopper, a chain transfer agent, and a leveling agent may be further contained as needed. , plasticizer, defoamer, decane coupling agent, ultraviolet absorber, etc. [Color filter] The color filter is preferably produced by using a color-containing material: -83- 201140240 A method of forming a coloring layer (pattern) having a hole portion by photolithography, and for example, in the case of performing the above-described exposure, even in the case where diffraction of energy or the like occurs, it can be made into Not easily affected by it. So 'can be made in The colored layer forms a high-definition color filter having a fine pattern-like hole portion. (Pattern forming method) A method of patterning by photolithography using the photocurable composition of the present invention will be described below. The method of forming the hole portion in the colored layer is not particularly limited. For example, the photocurable composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate, dried, and then passed through a mask provided with an opening and a shielding portion. The light is irradiated with light, and then developed to form a pattern. Further, this is repeated several times to form respective patterns of, for example, red, green, and blue on the substrate, and secondly, indium tin oxide (ITO) or the like is formed. The transparent electrode film can be used to obtain a color filter. The coating method of the photocurable composition is not particularly limited, and for example, spin coating or spray coating, dip coating, roll coating, and round edge can be used. A conventional coating method such as coating, bar coating, etc. Drying after application is usually carried out at 50 to 150 ° C for 15 seconds to 10 minutes. The light source used may be the same as the light source generally used in forming the color layer, and is preferably a lamp having a high-intensity line in the ultraviolet portion, such as an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, etc. Further, the characteristics of the photocurable composition are effectively exhibited. Further, the method of developing the photocurable composition may be a method of removing an unnecessary photohardenable composition from -84 to 201140240, and The method which is generally used in the production of a color filter is the same as that which is generally used in the production of a color filter. In this case, for example, the type of the developer, the concentration of the developer, the pressure of the developer or the washing water, etc. By optimizing, the hole portion can be formed into a finer pattern. Further, the substrate used in this step can be used in the same manner as the substrate (transparent substrate) generally used for the color filter. Specifically, a non-flexible transparent rigid material such as quartz glass, an alkali-free glass, or a synthetic quartz plate; or a flexible transparent material such as a transparent resin film or an optical resin plate can be used. The thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 100/zm to 1 mm in accordance with the use of the color filter of the present invention. In the production of the color filter, other steps such as a step of forming a light-shielding portion for forming a light-shielding portion and a step of forming an outer film layer on the colored layer may be appropriately performed as needed. [Liquid Crystal Display Device] The liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the above-described color filter and counter substrate of the present invention, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. The limitation can be the same as that of a liquid crystal display device using a conventional color filter. For example, as shown in Fig. 1, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention faces the surface of the obtained color filter 10 (display side substrate) and the counter substrate 20 having the TFT array substrate (liquid crystal driving side substrate). When the inner peripheral side edge portion of the two substrates is joined by a sealant, the two substrates -85 to 201140240 can be bonded together while maintaining a liquid crystal cell gap of a predetermined distance. Then, the liquid crystal is filled in the gap between the substrates and sealed to form the liquid crystal layer 30, whereby an active matrix type color liquid crystal display device belonging to the liquid crystal panel can be obtained. Further, at this time, the color light-emitting sheet 1 of the present invention has the transparent substrate 1, the light-shielding portion 2, and the coloring layer 3. The driving method of the liquid crystal display device is not particularly limited, and in general, a driving method for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. For example, TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (Intraplane Switching: 111· Plane Switching), OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend), and MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Orientation: Multi-domain Vertical) Alignment) and so on. Further, the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer is a liquid crystal which is different in dielectric anisotropy depending on the driving method of the liquid crystal display device, and the like. <<Embodiment>> Next, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the invention is not limited by the examples. &lt;Example 1 &gt; (Step 1)

-86- 201140240 將6.8克(40毫莫耳)之咔唑與4.0克(40毫莫耳) 之丙烯酸乙酯及5.5克(40毫莫耳)之碳酸鉀懸浮於二甲 基甲醯胺(DMF),並在室溫下攪拌24小時。.反應結束 後,添加入水後,再攪拌3 0分鐘,其後以醋酸乙酯萃取 、以水洗淨、以硫酸鎂加以乾燥,將溶劑餾除、加以乾燥 ,以獲得9.6克之淡黃色液體之上述化合物(i)(收率 9 3 % )。該化合物(i )之1 Η -N M R測定結果如下所示; 'H-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) δ · 1.15 ( t, 3H ) 、2.8 3 5 ( t,2H) 、4.08 ( q,2H) 、4.64 ( t,3H)、 7.2 1 5-7.254 ( m,2H) 、7.45-7.47 ( m,4H) 、8.08 ( d, 2H )。 (步驟2 )-86- 201140240 6.8 g (40 mmol) of carbazole and 4.0 g (40 mmol) of ethyl acrylate and 5.5 g (40 mmol) of potassium carbonate were suspended in dimethylformamide ( DMF) and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water was added thereto, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes, and then extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off and dried to obtain 9.6 g of pale yellow liquid. The above compound (i) (yield 93%). The results of 1 Η-NMR measurement of the compound (i) are as follows; 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) δ · 1.15 (t, 3H), 2.8 3 5 (t, 2H), 4.08 ( q, 2H), 4.64 (t, 3H), 7.2 1 5-7.254 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.47 (m, 4H), 8.08 (d, 2H). (Step 2)

將2.7克(l〇毫莫耳)之化合物(i)溶解於i〇毫升 之二氯甲烷’ 一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊添加入2.7克(2 0毫莫 耳)之氯化鋁歷時2 0分鐘。對所獲得混合溶液逐滴加入 1.4克(11晕莫耳)之苯甲醯氯(benzoyl chloride)歷時 20分鐘。其後,緩慢地返回室溫後攪拌1小時。再度一 邊以冰浴冷卻一邊添加入2.7克(20毫莫耳)之氯化銘歷 時2〇分鐘’對其逐滴加入1.2克(15毫莫耳)之乙醯氯 -87- 201140240 (acetyl chloride)歷時20分鐘。其後,緩慢地返回室溫 並攪拌一晚。反應結束後,將反應溶液投入冰水中,以醋 酸乙酯萃取後,以水、飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液及飽和鹽水洗 淨,並以硫酸鎂加以乾燥後,將溶劑餾除。 以矽凝膠管柱式層析法飞洗提液;二氯甲烷—正己烷 :醋酸乙酯=2 : 1 )將產物加以離析,以獲得2.8克之淡 黃色固體化合物(ii )(收率 7〇% )。該化合物(ii )之 W-NMR測定結果如下所示: 1H-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13,TMS, ppm ) δ : 1.16 ( t, 3Η) 、2.725 ( s, 3H ) 、2.91 ( t,2H ) 、4.08 ( q,2H )、 4.73 ( t, 2H ) 、7.5 2 5 - 7.8 6 ( m,5H ) 、8. 10 ( dd,2H )、 8.18 ( dd, 1 H ) 、8.20 ( dd, 1H ) 、8.62 5 ( d, 1H ) ' 8.7 2 5 ( d, 1 H ) 〇 (步驟3 )2.7 g (l〇 mmol) of compound (i) was dissolved in dichloromethane (i), while 2.7 g (20 mmol) of aluminum chloride was added while cooling in an ice bath for 20 minutes. . To the obtained mixed solution, 1.4 g (11 halo) of benzoyl chloride was added dropwise over 20 minutes. Thereafter, it was slowly returned to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Once again, add 2.7 g (20 mmol) of chlorinated inscriptions for 2 〇 minutes while cooling in an ice bath. Add 1.2 g (15 mmol) of bismuth chloride-87- 201140240 (acetyl chloride) dropwise. ) lasted 20 minutes. Thereafter, it was slowly returned to room temperature and stirred overnight. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The product was separated by a gel column chromatography; methylene chloride-n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2:1), and the product was isolated to obtain 2.8 g of pale yellow solid compound (ii) (yield 7 〇%). The W-NMR measurement results of the compound (ii) are as follows: 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) δ: 1.16 (t, 3Η), 2.725 (s, 3H), 2.91 (t, 2H) , 4.08 ( q, 2H ), 4.73 ( t, 2H ) , 7.5 2 5 - 7.8 6 ( m, 5H ) , 8. 10 ( dd, 2H ), 8.18 ( dd, 1 H ) , 8.20 ( dd , 1H ) , 8.62 5 ( d, 1H ) ' 8.7 2 5 ( d, 1 H ) 〇 (Step 3)

ch3 ΝΗ2ΟΗ· HCI CH3COONaCh3 ΝΗ2ΟΗ· HCI CH3COONa

將0.12克(1.7毫莫耳)之氯化羥基胺及0.17克( 2.0毫莫耳)之醋酸鈉溶解於1.4毫升之水,對其添加入 0.60克(1.58毫莫耳)之化合物(ii)及11毫升之乙醇 ,並進行回流7小時。 反應結束後,將反應溶液之溶劑餾除,以水洗淨所獲 -88- 201140240 得固體後’溶解於THF、以硫酸鎂加以乾燥,將溶劑餾除 ,以獲得〇 . 6 〇克之淡黃色液體化合物(i i i )(收率8 9 % )。該化合物(i i i )之1 Η - N M R測定結果如下所示: ^-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) &lt;5 : 1.16 ( t, 3H) 、2.41 ( s, 3H) 、2.89 ( t, 2H) 、4.09 ( q, 2H)、 4.69 ( t, 2H ) ' 7.475-7.63 ( m, 5H ) 、7.85(dd,1H)、 8.045 ( dd,2H) 、8.07 ( dd,1H) 、8.3 25 ( d,1H)、 8.60 ( d, 1 H )。 (步驟4 )0.12 g (1.7 mmol) of chlorinated hydroxylamine and 0.17 g (2.0 mmol) of sodium acetate were dissolved in 1.4 ml of water and added to 0.60 g (1.58 mmol) of compound (ii) And 11 ml of ethanol and reflux for 7 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent of the reaction solution was distilled off, and the solid obtained was washed with water-88-201140240, and then dissolved in THF, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain a pale yellow color. Liquid compound (iii) (yield 89%). The results of 1 Η-NMR measurement of the compound (iii) are as follows: ^-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) &lt;5: 1.16 (t, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.89 (t , 2H) , 4.09 ( q, 2H), 4.69 ( t, 2H ) ' 7.475-7.63 ( m, 5H ), 7.85 (dd, 1H), 8.045 ( dd, 2H) , 8.07 ( dd, 1H) , 8.3 25 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1 H ). (Step 4)

將0.60克(1.4毫莫耳)之化合物(iii)溶解於7毫 升之二級丁基甲基醚’添加入〇.il克(14毫莫耳)之乙 醯氯’一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊逐滴加入0.28毫升(2.0毫莫 耳)之三乙基胺。一邊緩慢地返回室溫一邊攪拌3小時。 反應結束後’將反應混合液投入冰水中,以醋酸乙酯萃取 後’以水、飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液、飽和鹽水洗淨,以硫酸 鎂加以乾燥後,將溶劑餾除。以矽凝膠管柱式層析法(洗 提液;二氯甲烷—正己烷:醋酸乙酯=2:;[)將產物加以 離析’以獲得〇.30克之淡黃色固體化合物(iv)(收率 -89- 201140240 7 0 % )。該化合物(i v )之物性如下所示: 'H-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDCI3, TMS, ppm) δ ' 1.16 ( t, 3H) 、2.23 ( s, 3H ) 、2.51 ( s, 3H ) 、2.90 ( t, 2H )、 4.09 ( q, 2H ) 、4.71 ( t, 2H) 、7 · 5 1 - 7 · 6 2 ( m,5 H )、 7.75 ( dd, 2H) 、7.99 ( dd, 1 H ) 、8.09 ( dd, 1 H ) 、8.46 (d,1 H) 、8.59 ( d,1 H ); UV 光譜(移動層;乙腈):Amax=260、292、333 nm ; 熱分解溫度(在氮氣雰圍氣下,將1.5毫克之試樣以 1 0 °C /分鐘之升溫速度加熱而減少5 %質量時之溫度): 2 2 4.5 °C ; 分子量:4 70.5 2。 &lt;實.施例2 &gt; 在實施例1之步驟1中,除了取代丙烯酸乙酯(40 毫莫耳)而使用丙烯酸異丁酯(4〇毫莫耳),在步驟2 中,除了取代苯甲醯氯(11毫莫耳)而使用2_甲基苯甲 酿氣(2-methylbenzoyl chloride) ( 11 毫莫耳)以外,其 餘則以與實施例1相同的方式進行操作,以獲得下述之淡 黃色固體化合物(v )。該化合物(v )之物性如下所示: -90- 2011402400.60 g (1.4 mmol) of compound (iii) was dissolved in 7 ml of secondary butyl methyl ether 'added to 〇.il g (14 mmol) of acetonitrile chloride while cooling on an ice bath 0.28 mL (2.0 mmol) of triethylamine was added. Stir for 3 hours while slowly returning to room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. After washing with water, a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and then dried over magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated. The product was isolated by hydrazine gel column chromatography (eluent; dichloromethane - n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2:; [) to obtain y. 30 g of pale yellow solid compound (iv) ( Yield -89- 201140240 7 0 % ). The physical properties of the compound (iv) are as follows: 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3, TMS, ppm) δ ' 1.16 (t, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.90 ( t, 2H ), 4.09 ( q, 2H ), 4.71 ( t, 2H) , 7 · 5 1 - 7 · 6 2 ( m, 5 H ), 7.75 ( dd, 2H) , 7.99 ( dd, 1 H ) , 8.09 ( dd, 1 H ) , 8.46 (d,1 H) , 8.59 ( d,1 H ); UV spectrum (mobile layer; acetonitrile): Amax = 260, 292, 333 nm; thermal decomposition temperature (in a nitrogen atmosphere) Next, a sample of 1.5 mg was heated at a temperature increase rate of 10 ° C /min to reduce the temperature at a mass of 5%): 2 2 4.5 ° C; molecular weight: 4 70.5 2 . &lt;Real. Example 2 &gt; In the first step of Example 1, except that the ethyl acrylate (40 mM) was used instead of ethyl acrylate (40 mM), in step 2, in addition to the substitution The benzamidine chloride (11 mmol) was used in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2-methylbenzoyl chloride (11 mmol) was used to obtain the lower portion. The pale yellow solid compound (v). The physical properties of the compound (v) are as follows: -90- 201140240

1H-NMR ( 400 MHz,CDC13,TMS,ppm ) δ 0.81 ( d1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) δ 0.81 (d

、6H) ' 1.8 0 5 ( m ' 1 H ) 、2.29(s、3H) 、2.35(s'3H )、2.50(s、3H) 、2.90(t、2H) 、3.81(d、2H)、 4.70 ( t ' 2H ) 、7.28-7.53 ( m、6H) 、7.97( dd、1H) ' 8.10 (dd' 1H) 、8.42(d、lH) 、8.51(d、lH); UV 光譜(移動層;乙腈):Ama?c=260、295.5、 3 3 4 nm ; 熱分解溫度(在氮氣雰圍氣下,將1.5毫克之試樣以 1 (TC /分鐘之升溫速度加熱而減少5 %質量時之溫度): 2 3 6。。; 分子量:512.6。 &lt;實施例3 &gt; 在實施例1之步驟1中,除了取代丙烯酸乙酯(40 毫莫耳)而使用丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯(40毫莫耳),在 步驟2中,除了取代苯甲醯氯(11毫莫耳)而使用2-甲 基苯甲醯氯(1 1毫莫耳)以外,其餘則以與實施例1相 同的方式進行操作,以獲得下述之淡黃色固體化合物(vi -91 - 201140240 )。該化合物(Vi )之物性如下所示:, 6H) '1.8 0 5 ( m ' 1 H ) , 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s'3H ), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 3.81 (d, 2H), 4.70 (t ' 2H ), 7.28-7.53 (m, 6H), 7.97 ( dd, 1H) ' 8.10 (dd' 1H) , 8.42 (d, lH), 8.51 (d, lH); UV spectrum (moving layer; acetonitrile) ): Ama?c=260, 295.5, 3 3 4 nm ; Thermal decomposition temperature (in a nitrogen atmosphere, a sample of 1.5 mg is heated at a heating rate of TC / min to reduce the temperature by 5% by mass) : 2 3 6 . . ; molecular weight: 512.6. &lt;Example 3 &gt; In the step 1 of Example 1, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate was used in place of the ethyl acrylate (40 mmol). Milligram), in step 2, except that 2-methylbenzhydryl chloride (1 1 mmol) was used instead of benzamidine chloride (11 mmol), the rest was the same as in Example 1. The procedure was carried out to obtain the following pale yellow solid compound (vi-91 - 201140240). The physical properties of the compound (Vi) are as follows:

Ο / (Vi) ^-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) δ 、3H) ' 2.3 5 ( S' 3H ) 、2.50(s、3H) ' 2.95 )、3.32(s、3H) 、3.50(t、2H) 、4.19(t、 4.70 ( t ' 2H ) 、7.30-7.54 ( m、6H ) 、7.97 ( ddΟ / (Vi) ^-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) δ , 3H) ' 2.3 5 ( S' 3H ) , 2.50 (s, 3H) ' 2.95 ), 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.50 ( t, 2H), 4.19 (t, 4.70 ( t ' 2H ) , 7.30-7.54 ( m, 6H ), 7.97 ( dd

' 8.10 (dd' 1H) 、8.42(d、lH) 、8.51(d、lH UV光譜(移動層;乙腈):λ max = 2 5 8.5 3 3 4.5 n m ; 熱分解溫度(在氮氣雰園氣下,將1.5毫克之 1 /分鐘之升溫速度加熱而減少5 %質量時之溫 2 4 3。。; 分子量:514.57。 &lt;實施例4 &gt; (步驟1 ) 2.29 ( s (t、2H 2H )、 、1 Η ) ): 、296、 試樣以 度): -92- 201140240' 8.10 (dd' 1H) , 8.42 (d, lH), 8.51 (d, lH UV spectrum (moving layer; acetonitrile): λ max = 2 5 8.5 3 3 4.5 nm ; thermal decomposition temperature (under nitrogen atmosphere) , heating at a heating rate of 1.5 mg/min to reduce the temperature by 5% by mass. 2: 3; molecular weight: 514.57. &lt;Example 4 &gt; (Step 1) 2.29 ( s (t, 2H 2H ) , , 1 Η ) ): , 296, sample in degrees): -92- 201140240

將5.0克(3〇毫莫耳)之咔唑溶解於6毫升之一甲基 甲醯胺(DMF) ’添加入13.2克(15〇毫莫耳)之碳酸伸 乙醋與5.5毫升(〇37毫莫耳)之二吖雙環十一稀(DBU )’在1 〇〇°C下進行加熱回流3小時。冷卻後,加入水、 以醋酸乙酯卒取後’加以水洗後,將溶劑餾除。 其次’將所獲得濃縮物以! 5毫升之乙腈稀釋’對其 添加入2克(23毫莫耳)之乙醯氯及4毫升(29毫莫耳 )之三乙基胺,並在室溫下攪拌3小時。反應結束後,投 入水、以醋酸乙酯萃取後,以水洗淨後以硫酸鎂加以乾燥 ,將溶劑餾除,以獲得6.0克之淡黃色液體之上述化合物 (νϋ )(收率 80%)。 (步驟2 )Dissolve 5.0 g (3 Torr) of carbazole in 6 ml of one of the methyl carbamide (DMF) 'added to 13.2 g (15 〇 mmol) of ethylene carbonate and 5.5 ml (〇37) The second molar double ring eleven (DBU) was heated under reflux at 1 °C for 3 hours. After cooling, water was added and the mixture was washed with ethyl acetate. After washing with water, the solvent was distilled off. Secondly, the concentrate will be obtained! 5 ml of acetonitrile was diluted, and 2 g (23 mmol) of acetonitrile and 4 ml (29 mmol) of triethylamine were added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain 6.0 g of the compound (ν?) (yield 80%) of pale yellow liquid. (Step 2)

將2.5克(9.9毫莫耳)之化合物(vii)溶解於1〇毫 升之二氯甲烷’ 一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊添加入1.5克之氯化 鋁歷時20分鐘。其後,逐滴加入1.4克(1〇.〇毫莫耳) -93- 201140240 之苯甲醯氯,緩慢地返回室溫後攪拌1小時。 再度一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊添加入1 . 5克之氯化鋁歷時 20分鐘,對其添加入0.93克(11·8毫莫耳)之乙醯氯, 緩慢地返回室溫後搅拌1小時。 反應結束後,將反應溶液投入冰水中,以醋酸乙酯萃 取後,以水、飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液及飽和鹽水洗淨,以硫 酸鎂加以乾燥後,將溶劑餾除。 以矽凝膠管柱式層析法(洗提液;二氯甲烷―正己烷 :醋酸乙酯=2 : 1 )將產物加以離析,以獲得2.8克之淡 黃色固體化合物(viii )(收率70% )。 (步驟3 )2.5 g (9.9 mmol) of the compound (vii) was dissolved in 1 mL of dichloromethane. While cooling with an ice bath, 1.5 g of aluminum chloride was added for 20 minutes. Thereafter, 1.4 g (1 〇. 〇 mmol) -93- 201140240 of benzamidine chloride was added dropwise, and the mixture was slowly returned to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Further, 1.5 g of aluminum chloride was added thereto while cooling in an ice bath for 20 minutes, and 0.93 g (1·8 mmol) of ethyl hydrazine chloride was added thereto, and the mixture was slowly returned to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The product was isolated by hydrazine gel column chromatography (eluent; dichloromethane-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2:1) to yield 2.8 g of pale yellow solid compound (viii) (yield 70) %). (Step 3)

νη2οη· hci CH3COONaΗη2οη· hci CH3COONa

°K 將0.38克(5.4毫莫耳)之氯化羥基胺、0.54克( 6·4毫莫耳)之醋酸鈉溶解於4.5毫升之水中,對其添加 入2.0克(5.0毫莫耳)之前述化合物(viii)及35毫升 之乙醇,並回流2小時。 反應結束後,將反應溶液之溶劑餾除,以水洗淨所獲 得固體後,溶解於THF、以硫酸鎂加以乾燥’將溶劑餾除 ,以獲得1 .8克之淡黃色液體化合物(ix )(收率89% ) -94- 201140240 (步驟4 )°K 0.38 g (5.4 mmol) of chlorinated hydroxylamine, 0.54 g (6.4 m mmol) of sodium acetate was dissolved in 4.5 ml of water and added to 2.0 g (5.0 mmol). The above compound (viii) and 35 ml of ethanol were refluxed for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent of the reaction solution was distilled off, and the obtained solid was washed with water, dissolved in THF, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain 1.8 g of pale yellow liquid compound (ix) ( Yield 89%) -94- 201140240 (Step 4)

毫 乙 莫 〇 萃 以 院 下 59 534 將0.8克(2.0毫莫耳)之化合物(ix)溶解於ι〇 升之三級丁基甲基醚,添加入0.16克(2.0毫莫耳)之 醯氯’一邊以冰浴冷卻一邊逐滴加入0.4毫升(2.9毫 耳)之三乙基胺。一邊緩慢地返回室溫一邊攪拌3小時 反應結束後,將反應溶液投入冰水中,以醋酸乙酯 取後,以水、飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液、及飽和鹽水洗淨, 硫酸錶加以乾燥後,將溶劑餾除。 以矽凝膠管柱式層析法(洗提液;二氯甲烷—正己 :醋酸乙酯=2 : 1 )將產物加以離析’以獲得0.6克之 述物性的淡黃色固體化合物(X)(收率7〇%)。 (化合物(X )之各物性) 'H-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) &lt;5 : 193 ( 3 H ) 、2.50(s,3H) 、2.85(s, 3H) 、4.31(t,2H) 4.40 ( t, 2H ) ' 7.50-7.62 ( m,5H ) 、7.75 ( dd,2H ) 7.99 ( dd, 1 H ) 、8.09 ( dd, 1H ) 、8.46 ( d, 1H ) 、8 (d, 1 H ); UV光譜(移動層;乙腈):Amax=260、296、: •95- 201140240 熱分解溫度(在氮氣雰圍氣下,將1.5毫克之試樣以 1 0。(: /分鐘之升溫速度加熱而減少5 %質量時之溫度): 2 2 5 °C ; 分子量:456.49。 &lt;實施例5 &gt;毫 〇 〇 以 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 0.4 ml (2.9 mil) of triethylamine was added dropwise while cooling in an ice bath. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours while slowly returning to room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was poured into ice water, and the mixture was washed with ethyl acetate, washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and saturated brine. Solvent distillation. The product was isolated by hydrazine gel column chromatography (eluent; dichloromethane-n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2:1) to obtain 0.6 g of the pale yellow solid compound (X). The rate is 7〇%). (The physical properties of the compound (X)) 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) &lt;5: 193 (3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 4.31 (t , 2H) 4.40 ( t, 2H ) ' 7.50-7.62 ( m,5H ) , 7.75 ( dd,2H ) 7.99 ( dd, 1 H ) , 8.09 ( dd, 1H ) , 8.46 ( d, 1H ) , 8 (d , 1 H ); UV spectrum (moving layer; acetonitrile): Amax = 260, 296,: • 95- 201140240 Thermal decomposition temperature (under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.5 mg of the sample is taken as 1 0. (: / min The temperature at which the heating rate is increased to reduce the mass by 5%): 2 2 5 ° C; molecular weight: 456.49. &lt;Example 5 &gt;

將0.96克(40毫莫耳)之9 -咔唑-9-丙酸溶解於10 毫升之乙腈後,添加入18克(210毫莫耳)之嗎啉。對 所獲得混合液逐滴加入1 4克(1 20毫莫耳)之亞硫醯氯 ,並在室溫攪拌3小時。 反應結束後,添加入水後攪拌3 0分鐘。其後,以醋 酸乙酯萃取,以水洗淨後,以硫酸鎂加以乾燥後,將溶劑 餾除,以獲得10克之淡黃色液體化合物(xi)(收率 8 1%)。 (步驟2至4 ) -96- 201140240 ο οAfter dissolving 0.96 g (40 mmol) of 9-oxazole-9-propionic acid in 10 ml of acetonitrile, 18 g (210 mmol) of morpholine was added. To the obtained mixture, 14 g (1 20 mmol) of sulfinium chloride was added dropwise, and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, water was added and stirred for 30 minutes. Then, it was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated to give 10 g of pale yellow liquid compound (xi) (yield: 81%). (Steps 2 to 4) -96- 201140240 ο ο

除了在實施例4之步驟2至4中在步驟2取代化合物( vii )而使用化合物(xi )以外,其餘則採用相同的操作, 以獲得下述物性之淡黃色固體化合物(xii )。 (化合物(xii )之各物性) 1H-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC13,TMS,ppm ) &lt;5 : 2.50 ( s, 3H ) 、2.80 ( t, 2H ) 2.85 ( s, 3H ) 、2.90 ( br, 2H )、 3.00 ( br, 2H ) 、3.35 ( br, 2H ) 、3.46 ( br, 2H ) 4.72 ( t, 2H ) 、7.5 1-7.62 ( m, 5H ) 、7.75 ( dd,2H ) 、7.99 ( dd, 1 H ) ' 8.09 ( dd, 1 H ) 、8_46(d,lH) 、8.59(d,lH); UV 光譜(移動層;乙腈):Amax=260、292、335 m 熱分解溫度(在氮氣雰圍氣下,將1.5毫克之試樣以 1 〇 °C /分鐘之升溫速度加熱而減少5 %質量時之溫度): 2 3 4 °C ; -97- 201140240 分子量:5 1 1 . 5 7。 &lt;試驗例1至5、比較試驗例1及2 &gt;相溶性及感度試驗 在100質量份之三官能丙嫌酸酯「M-305」(商品名 、東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司製造),添加入5質量 份之以實施例1至5所獲得光聚合引發劑(化合物(iv ) 至(v i ) 、( X )及(X i i );試驗例1至5用)、下述「 IRGACURE OXE02」(汽巴精化股份有限公司製造、比較 試驗例1用。在下文中,有時候則簡稱爲「OXE02」)、 或下述「N-1919」(旭電化工業股份有限公司(ADEKA Corporation )製造、比較試驗例2用)。在此,以目視確 認所獲得混合物中有無固體,以作爲與具有烯鍵性不飽和 鍵之化合物(特別是具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之化合物) 的相溶性之指標。結果如表1所示。其次,以氯仿溶解該 混合物,以調製光硬化性組成物。 將所獲得光硬化性組成物分別以旋轉塗布法塗布於經 濺鍍鉻的玻璃基板上。 對藉由上述所獲得塗布膜一邊以UV曝光,一邊以紅 外線分光裝置8 1 0 cm_1經時性地記錄波峰之減少量,確認 雙鍵之消失究竟進行至何等程度(反應率).,以作爲感度 之指標。結果如表1所示。 -98- 201140240The same operation was carried out except that the compound (xi) was used instead of the compound (vii) in the step 2 to the fourth step of Example 4 to obtain the pale yellow solid compound (xii) of the following property. (Compound of compound (xii)) 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, TMS, ppm) &lt;5: 2.50 ( s, 3H ) , 2.80 ( t, 2H ) 2.85 ( s, 3H ) , 2.90 ( br, 2H ), 3.00 ( br, 2H ) , 3.35 ( br, 2H ) , 3.46 ( br, 2H ) 4.72 ( t, 2H ) , 7.5 1-7.62 ( m, 5H ) , 7.75 ( dd, 2H ) , 7.99 ( dd , 1 H ) ' 8.09 ( dd, 1 H ) , 8_46 (d, lH), 8.59 (d, lH); UV spectrum (moving layer; acetonitrile): Amax = 260, 292, 335 m thermal decomposition temperature (in nitrogen) Under the atmosphere, 1.5 mg of the sample is heated at a temperature increase rate of 1 〇 ° C / min to reduce the temperature by 5% by mass): 2 3 4 ° C ; -97- 201140240 Molecular weight: 5 1 1 . 5 7 . &lt;Test Examples 1 to 5, Comparative Test Examples 1 and 2 &gt; Compatibility and Sensitivity Tests 100 parts by mass of a trifunctional propyl acrylate "M-305" (trade name, manufactured by Toago Chemical Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiators obtained in Examples 1 to 5 (compounds (iv) to (vi), (X) and (X ii ); for Test Examples 1 to 5), and the following "IRGACURE" were added. OXE02" (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., comparative test example 1. In the following, sometimes referred to as "OXE02"), or the following "N-1919" (ADEKA Corporation) Manufacture and comparison test example 2). Here, the presence or absence of a solid in the obtained mixture was visually confirmed as an index of compatibility with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (particularly a compound having a (meth)acryloxy group). The results are shown in Table 1. Next, the mixture was dissolved in chloroform to prepare a photocurable composition. The obtained photocurable composition was applied onto a chromium-plated glass substrate by a spin coating method. When the coating film obtained by the above-mentioned coating film was exposed to UV light, the amount of decrease in the peak was recorded by the infrared ray splitting device 8 10 cm_1, and it was confirmed how much the disappearance of the double bond was carried out (reaction rate). The indicator of sensitivity. The results are shown in Table 1. -98- 201140240

「IRGACURE OXE02J"IRGACURE OXE02J

UV光譜(移動層;乙晴): Amax = 2'70、 296、335nm 分子量:5 4 2.6 2 UV光譜(移動層:乙晴): 又max = 265、29 8、3 3 9nm 奸量:4 1 2.4 8 表1 光聚合引發劑 與「M-305」 的相溶性 感度(反應率) 曝光量: 0.5 mJ 曝光量: 3.0 mJ S式驗例1 化合物(iv) 〇 56% 70% 試驗例2 化合物(V) 〇 54% 71% 試驗例3 化合物(VI) 〇 52% 72% 試驗例4 化合物U) 〇 50% 65% 試驗例5 化合物(Xii) 〇 50% 70% 比較試驗例1 OXE02 X 45% 60% 比較試驗例2 N-1919 X 48% 60%_ 〇:無法確認到固體、與「Μ - 3 0 5 j的相溶性高; X : 可確認到固體、與「Μ · 3 0 5」的相溶性缺乏。 表1由即可明白,本發明之光聚合引發劑是與具有鄉 鍵性不飽和雙鍵之化合物、特別是多官能(甲基)两條酸 酯的相溶性高’也可調製無溶劑之光聚合引發劑,同時含 有本發明之光聚合引發劑之光硬化性組成物是具有比含有 先前的光聚合引發劑之光硬化性組成物爲更高的感度。 &lt;試驗例6至1 〇、比較試驗例3及4〉對溶劑的溶解性試 甲醇,醋 調查對醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯(PGMEA) -99- 201140240 酸3 -甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁醋(MMBA)、甲基異丁基酮( MIBK)、氯仿各自對1〇〇質量份之光聚合引發劑的溶解 量,並根據下述評估基準進行溶解性評估。結果如表2所 示。 A : 已溶解1 〇質量份以上; B: 已溶解5質量份以上且少於1〇質量份之範圍; C: 已溶解2質量份以上且少於5質量份之範圍; D : 只溶解少於2質量份。 在此所謂「已溶解」是意謂以目視觀察不到固體之狀 m 。 表2UV spectrum (moving layer; acetonitrile): Amax = 2'70, 296, 335 nm Molecular weight: 5 4 2.6 2 UV spectrum (moving layer: acetonitrile): again max = 265, 29 8, 3 3 9 nm trait: 4 1 2.4 8 Table 1 Compatibility of photopolymerization initiator with "M-305" (Reaction rate) Exposure: 0.5 mJ Exposure: 3.0 mJ S test example 1 Compound (iv) 〇56% 70% Test Example 2 Compound (V) 〇 54% 71% Test Example 3 Compound (VI) 〇 52% 72% Test Example 4 Compound U) 〇 50% 65% Test Example 5 Compound (Xii) 〇 50% 70% Comparative Test Example 1 OXE02 X 45% 60% Comparative test example 2 N-1919 X 48% 60% _ 〇: Solids were not confirmed, and compatibility with Μ - 3 0 5 j was high; X : solids were confirmed, and Μ · 3 0 5" lack of compatibility. It can be understood from Table 1 that the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention has high compatibility with a compound having a home bond unsaturated double bond, particularly a polyfunctional (methyl) acid ester, and can also be prepared without a solvent. The photopolymerization initiator and the photocurable composition containing the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention have higher sensitivity than the photocurable composition containing the conventional photopolymerization initiator. &lt;Test Example 6 to 1 〇, Comparative Test Examples 3 and 4> Solubility to Solvent for Methanol, Vinegar Investigation for Propylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether Ether (PGMEA) -99- 201140240 Acid 3-Methoxy-3- The amount of dissolution of each of methyl-1-butane vinegar (MMBA), methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK), and chloroform to 1 part by mass of the photopolymerization initiator was evaluated for solubility according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 2. A: 1 part by mass or more of dissolved; B: 5 parts by mass or more and less than 1 part by mass; C: 2 parts by mass or less and less than 5 parts by mass; D: only less soluble In 2 parts by mass. The term "dissolved" as used herein means that the solid form m is not visually observed. Table 2

光聚合引發劑 溶劑 PGMEA 甲醇 MMBA MIBK 氯仿 試驗例6 化合物(iv) A c B B A 試驗例7 化合物(V) A c B A A 試驗例8 化合物(vi) A c B A A 試驗例9 化合物(X) A c B B A 試驗例10 化合物(xii) A c B B A 比較試驗例3 OXE02 B D D c A 比較試驗例4 N-1919 A D c c A 由表2即可得知,與先前的光聚合引發劑相比較,本 發明之光聚合引發劑是對於各種溶劑、特別是具有醚鍵及 /或酯鍵且在25 °C爲液體之化合物的溶解性優異。 此外’比較試驗例4所使用的光聚合引發劑「N-1 9 1 9 」’其溶解性是比比較試驗例3所使用的光聚合引發劑「 OXE02」爲高。其係由於「N-1919」對「OXE02」之結構 賦予取代基而提高溶解性。試驗例6至1 0所使用的化合 物(iv )至(vi ) 、 ( X )及(xii )不僅是對溶劑的溶解 -100- 201140240 性高,分子量也比該「N-1 9 1 9」變小,可減少在光硬化性 組成物中之含量,因此是一種更優異的光聚合引發劑。 &lt;製造例1&gt;黏合劑樹脂之製造 將30質量份之甲基丙烯酸苯甲酯' 38質量份之苯乙 烯、18質量份之甲基丙烯酸及1〇質量份之過氧基_2_乙基 己酸三級丁酯(日本油脂股份有限公司(NOF Corporation)製造之「PERBUTYL 0」)的混合液,在氮 氣氣流下,在100°C又歷時3小時逐滴加入於放入150質 量份之醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯的聚合槽中。逐滴加入結束 後’再在1 00 °C下加熱3小時,以獲得聚合物溶液。 對所獲得聚合物溶液添加入14質量份之甲基丙烯酸 縮水甘油酯、0.2質量份之三乙基胺及0.05質量份之對甲 氧基苯酚’在1 1 0 °C下加熱1 0小時,以調製黏合劑樹脂 〇 所獲得黏合劑樹脂之固體成份濃度爲3 8質量%、酸 價爲75 m gKOH/g、重量平均分子量爲10,000。 &lt;製造例2&gt;藍色顏料分散液之調製 表3 成分 混合量 (質量份) 製造例2 LIONOL BLUE ES (東洋油墨製造股份有限公司製造) 13 LIONOGEN VIOLET RL (東洋油墨製造股份有限公司製造) 2 顏料分散劑 (Disperbyk 2001: BYK Chemie Japan 股份有限公司製造、固 體成份濃度46質量〇/〇) 13 醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯 72 -101 - 201140240 將如表3所示之各成分以各混合量加以混合,使用直 徑爲0.3 mm之氧化銷珠粒以塗料振盪器(淺田鐵工股份 有限公司(Asada Iron Works Co.,Ltd.)製造)進行分散 3小時,以調製藍色顏料分散液(固體成份濃度:21質量 % )。 &lt;製造例3 &gt;紅色顏料分散液之調製 表4 成分 混合量 (質量份) 製造例3 Irgahor red BT-CF (汽巴精化股份有限公司製造) 12 Irgahor Yellow 2R-CF (汽巴精化股份有限公司製造) 3 顏料分散劑 (Dkperbyk 161: BYK Chemie Japan 股份有限公司製造、固 體成份濃度30質量% ) 20 醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯 65 將如表4所示之各成分以各混合量加以混合,使用直 徑爲0.3 mm之氧化鉻珠粒以塗料振盪器(淺田鐵工股份 有限公司製造)進行分散3小時,以調製紅色顏料分散液 (固體成份濃度:2 1質量% )。 &lt;製造例4〉綠色顏料分散液之調製 表5 成分 混合量 (質量份) 製造例4 LIONOL GREEN 2YS (東洋油墨製造股份有限公司製造) 9 黃顏料E4GN (Lanxess 公司(Lanxess Corporation )製造) 6 顏料分散劑 (AJISPER PB821:味之素Fine-Techno股份有限公司製造) 6 醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯 79 -102- 201140240 將如表5所示之各成分以各混合量加以混合,使用直 徑爲0.3 mm之氧化锆珠粒以塗料振盪器(淺田鐵工股份 有限公司製造)進行分散3小時,以調製綠色顏料分散液 (固體成份濃度:2 1質量% )。 以下之實施例中,則以如下所述實施感度、解析度、 顯影性及密著性之評估。 (感度) 在曝光步驟,設定曝光量爲 100 mJ/cm2或 200 mJ/cm2,且將經光照射的區域加以顯影處理及後烘烤後之 膜厚相對於曝光前之膜厚100%爲95%以上時,則視爲「 膜厚是足夠」,並根據下述評估基準評估: A : 曝光量如爲100 mJ/cm2則可獲得足夠的膜厚; B : 曝光量爲100 mJ/cm2時則不足夠,曝光量如爲 200 mJ/cm2則可獲得足夠的膜厚。 另外,膜厚是使用觸針式膜厚測定器「SURFCORDER ET4000A」(小坂硏究所股份有限公司 (Kosaka LaboratoryLtd.)製造)進行測定。 (解析度) 根據下述評估基準評估解析度: a : 曝光顯影時,即使線寬爲小於1 〇以m也能獲得 良好的圖案; b : 如線寬爲1 5至2 0 // m則可獲得良好的圖案。 (顯影性) 觀察在曝光時的未曝光部(光未照射到之部分)之殘 -103- 201140240 渣,並根據下述評估基準而評估顯影性: 〇:完全無法確認到殘渣; X : 可確認到殘渣。 (密著性) 調查顯影後未被沖洗而密著的獨立圖案之線寬,並根 據下述評估基準而評估密著性: ◎: 即使線寬爲5 // m以下,也能獲得良好的孤立圖 案; 〇:線寬爲6至10//m時,可獲得良好的孤立圖案 &lt;實施例6 &gt;藍色光硬化性樹脂組成物之調製及圖案形成 表6 成分 混合量 (龍份) 實施例6 以製造例2所獲得藍色顔料分散液 24.1 以製造例1所獲得黏合劑樹脂 9.5 「ARONKTO-1382」 (東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司製造、成分:含有羧基之 多官能丙烯酸酯) 9.0 以實施例1所獲得化合物(iv )(光聚合引發劑) 2.0 「KBM-503」 (信越化學工業股份有限公司(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd. )製造、成分:3·甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷) 0.3 醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯 55.4 將如表6所示各成分以各混合量加以混合,並以溶解 分散機(Dissolver)攪拌1小時,以調製藍色光硬化性樹 脂組成物。 以旋轉塗布在玻璃基板上所獲得藍色光硬化性樹脂組 成物,並在80 °C下加熱3分鐘而形成藍色光硬化樹脂組 成物之塗膜。將所獲得塗膜通過指定線寬之遮罩,由塗膜 -104- 201140240 側以高壓水銀燈作爲光源而曝光後,使用稀釋成1 0 0倍的 D’espairs 6Η ( Henkel公司製造)進行噴霧顯影,顯影結 束後,在230°C下加以後烘烤30分鐘,以形成圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 &lt;比較例1、2 &gt;藍色光硬化性樹脂組成物之調製及圖案 形成 在實施例6中,除了取代以實施例1所獲得化合物( iv)而使用前述「IRGACURE OXE02」(汽巴精化股份有 限公司製造)或前述「N-1 9 1 9」(旭電化工業股份有限公 司製造)以外,其餘則以相同的方式調製藍色光硬化性樹 脂組成物,並形成圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 &lt;實施例7 &gt;紅色光硬化性樹脂組成物之調製及圖案形成 表7 成分 混合量 (質量份) 實施例7 以製造例3所獲得紅色顏料分散液 35.2 以製造例1所獲得黏合劑樹月旨 7.2 「ARONKTO-1382」 (東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司製造、成分:含有羧基之 多官能丙嫌酸酯) 6.8 以實施例1所獲得化合物(iv )(光聚合引發劑) 2.0 「KBM-503」 (信越化學工業股份有限公司製造 '成分·· 3-甲基丙稀醯氧 基丙基三甲氧基矽烷) 0.3 醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯 48.8 -105- 201140240 將如表7所示各成分以各混合量加以混合,並以溶解 分散機搅拌1小時,以調製紅色光硬化性樹脂組成物。 就所獲得紅色光硬化性樹脂組成物進行與實施例6相 同的操作而形成圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 &lt;比較例3、4 &gt;紅色光硬化性樹脂組成物之調製及圖案 形成 在實施例7中,除了取代以實施例1所獲得化合物( iv)而使用前述「IRGACURE OXE02」(汽巴精化股份有 限公司製造)或前述「N-1919」(旭電化工業股份有限公 司製造)以外,其餘則以相同的方式調製紅色光硬化性樹 脂組成物,並形成圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 &lt;實施例8 &gt;綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物之調製及圖案形成 表8 成分 混合量 (質量份) 實施例8 以製造例4所獲得綠色顏料分散液 41.6 以製造例1所獲得黏合劑樹脂 6.2 「ARONDCTO-1382」 (東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司製造、成分:含有羧基之 多官能丙烯酸酯) 5.9 以實施例1所獲得化合物(iv )(光聚合引發劑) 2.0 「KBM-503」 (信越化學工業股份有限公司製造、成分:3-甲基丙烯醯氧 基丙基三甲氧基矽烷) 0.3 醋酸丙二醇一乙基醚酯 44.3 -106- 201140240 將如表8所示各成分以各混合量加以混合,並以溶解 分散機攪拌1小時,以調製綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物。 就所獲得綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物進行與實施例6 +目 同的操作,以形成圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所Photopolymerization initiator solvent PGMEA Methanol MMBA MIBK Chloroform test Example 6 Compound (iv) A c BBA Test Example 7 Compound (V) A c BAA Test Example 8 Compound (vi) A c BAA Test Example 9 Compound (X) A c BBA Test Example 10 Compound (xii) A c BBA Comparative Test Example 3 OXE02 BDD c A Comparative Test Example 4 N-1919 AD cc A It can be seen from Table 2 that the light of the present invention is compared with the previous photopolymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is excellent in solubility in various solvents, particularly compounds having an ether bond and/or an ester bond and being liquid at 25 °C. In addition, the photopolymerization initiator "N-1 9 1 9" used in Comparative Test Example 4 had a higher solubility than the photopolymerization initiator "OXE02" used in Comparative Test Example 3. This is because "N-1919" imparts a substituent to the structure of "OXE02" to improve solubility. The compounds (iv) to (vi), (X) and (xii) used in Test Examples 6 to 10 are not only soluble in the solvent -100-201140240, but also have a molecular weight of more than "N-1 9 1 9". The smaller, the content in the photocurable composition can be reduced, and thus it is a more excellent photopolymerization initiator. &lt;Production Example 1&gt; Production of Binder Resin 30 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate' 38 parts by mass of styrene, 18 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and 1 part by mass of peroxy-2_B A mixture of butyl hexanoate ("PERBUTYL 0" manufactured by NOF Corporation) was added dropwise to 150 parts by mass at 100 ° C for 3 hours under a nitrogen stream. The polymerization tank of propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate. After the dropwise addition was completed, it was further heated at 100 ° C for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. To the obtained polymer solution, 14 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, 0.2 part by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol' were heated at 110 ° C for 10 hours. The binder resin obtained by modulating the binder resin 之 had a solid content concentration of 38% by mass, an acid value of 75 m gKOH/g, and a weight average molecular weight of 10,000. &lt;Production Example 2&gt; Preparation of blue pigment dispersion liquid Table 3 Component mixing amount (parts by mass) Production Example 2 LIONOL BLUE ES (manufactured by Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) 13 LIONOGEN VIOLET RL (manufactured by Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) 2 Pigment dispersant (Disperbyk 2001: manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd., solid concentration: 46 mass/〇) 13 Propylene glycol propylene glycol monoethyl ether ester 72 - 101 - 201140240 The ingredients shown in Table 3 were mixed The amount was mixed and dispersed by a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) using a 0.3 mm diameter oxidized pin bead for 3 hours to prepare a blue pigment dispersion ( Solid component concentration: 21% by mass). &lt;Production Example 3 &gt; Modulation of Red Pigment Dispersion Table 4 Component Mixing Amount (Parts by Mass) Production Example 3 Irgahor red BT-CF (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 12 Irgahor Yellow 2R-CF (Ciba Specialty) 3, a pigment dispersant (Dkperbyk 161: manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd., solid content concentration: 30% by mass) 20 propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate 65 Each component shown in Table 4 was mixed The amount was mixed, and the oxidized chrome beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm were dispersed by a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for 3 hours to prepare a red pigment dispersion (solid content concentration: 21% by mass). &lt;Production Example 4: Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion Table 5 Component Mixing Amount (Parts by Mass) Production Example 4 LIONOL GREEN 2YS (manufactured by Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) 9 Yellow Pigment E4GN (manufactured by Lanxess Corporation) 6 Pigment dispersant (AJISPER PB821: Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.) 6 Propylene glycol propylene glycol monoethyl ether ester 79 -102- 201140240 The components shown in Table 5 were mixed in each mixing amount, and the diameter was The 0.3 mm zirconia beads were dispersed by a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for 3 hours to prepare a green pigment dispersion (solid content concentration: 21% by mass). In the following examples, the evaluation of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion was carried out as follows. (sensitivity) In the exposure step, the exposure amount is set to 100 mJ/cm 2 or 200 mJ/cm 2 , and the film thickness after development and post-baking of the light-irradiated area is 95% with respect to the film thickness before exposure. In the above case, it is regarded as "the film thickness is sufficient" and is evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria: A : sufficient film thickness is obtained if the exposure amount is 100 mJ/cm2; B: when the exposure amount is 100 mJ/cm2 Not enough, if the exposure amount is 200 mJ/cm2, a sufficient film thickness can be obtained. In addition, the film thickness was measured using a stylus type film thickness measuring device "SURFCORDER ET4000A" (manufactured by Kosaka Laboratory Ltd.). (Resolution) The resolution is evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria: a : Good exposure can be obtained even if the line width is less than 1 〇 in the exposure development; b : If the line width is 1 5 to 2 0 // m A good pattern can be obtained. (developability) The residue of the unexposed portion (the portion not irradiated with light) at the time of exposure was observed, and the developability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria: 〇: the residue was not confirmed at all; X : Confirm the residue. (Adhesion) The line width of the independent pattern which was not washed and adhered after development was examined, and the adhesion was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria: ◎: Good results were obtained even if the line width was 5 // m or less. Isolated pattern; 〇: When the line width is 6 to 10 / / m, a good isolated pattern can be obtained &lt;Example 6 &gt; Modulation and pattern formation of the blue photocurable resin composition Table 6 Composition amount (long copy) Example 6 The blue pigment dispersion liquid obtained in Production Example 2 24.1 The adhesive resin 9.5 "ARONKTO-1382" obtained in Production Example 1 (manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., composition: polyfunctional acrylate having a carboxyl group) 9.0 Compound (iv) (photopolymerization initiator) obtained in Example 1 2.0 "KBM-503" (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), composition: 3: methacryl醯oxypropyltrimethoxydecane) 0.3 Propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate 55.4 The components shown in Table 6 were mixed in each mixing amount, and stirred in a dissolving disperser for 1 hour to prepare blue light. Sclerosing tree Fat composition. The blue photocurable resin composition obtained by spin coating on a glass substrate was heated at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to form a coating film of a blue photocurable resin composition. The obtained coating film was passed through a mask having a specified line width, and exposed to a high-pressure mercury lamp as a light source from the side of the coating film -104-201140240, and then spray-developed using D'espairs 6Η (manufactured by Henkel) diluted to 100 times. After the development was completed, post-baking was performed at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to form a pattern. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. &lt;Comparative Example 1, 2 &gt; Preparation and Patterning of Blue Photocurable Resin Composition In Example 6, the above-mentioned "IRGACURE OXE02" (Cibafin) was used instead of the compound (iv) obtained in Example 1. Other than the above-mentioned "N-1 9 1 9" (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), the blue photocurable resin composition was prepared in the same manner and patterned. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. &lt;Example 7&gt; Preparation and pattern formation of red photocurable resin composition Table 7 Component blending amount (parts by mass) Example 7 Red pigment dispersion liquid obtained in Production Example 3 35.2 Adhesive obtained in Production Example 1树月 7.2 "ARONKTO-1382" (manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., composition: polyfunctional propionate containing carboxyl group) 6.8 Compound (iv) obtained in Example 1 (photopolymerization initiator) 2.0 " KBM-503" (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactures 'Ingredients · 3-Methylpropoxypropyltrimethoxydecane) 0.3 Propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate 48.8 -105- 201140240 Will be as shown in Table 7 Each component was mixed in each mixing amount, and stirred by a dissolving disperser for 1 hour to prepare a red photocurable resin composition. The red light-curable resin composition obtained was subjected to the same operation as in Example 6 to form a pattern. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. &lt;Comparative Example 3, 4 &gt; Preparation and Patterning of Red Photocurable Resin Composition In Example 7, except that the compound (iv) obtained in Example 1 was used instead of the above "IRGACURE OXE02" (Cibafin) Other than the above-mentioned "N-1919" (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), the red photocurable resin composition was prepared in the same manner and patterned. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. &lt;Example 8&gt; Preparation and pattern formation of green photocurable resin composition Table 8 Component blending amount (parts by mass) Example 8 Green pigment dispersion liquid obtained in Production Example 4 41.6 The adhesive obtained in Production Example 1 Resin 6.2 "ARONDCTO-1382" (manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., component: polyfunctional acrylate containing carboxyl group) 5.9 Compound (iv) obtained in Example 1 (photopolymerization initiator) 2.0 "KBM-503" (Manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., composition: 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane) 0.3 Propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate 44.3 -106- 201140240 Each component is mixed as shown in Table 8. The amounts were mixed and stirred in a dissolving disperser for 1 hour to prepare a green photocurable resin composition. The green photocurable resin composition obtained was subjected to the same operation as in Example 6 to form a pattern. The results of evaluation of sensitivity, resolution, developability and adhesion are shown in Table 9.

Tps ° &lt;比較例5、6 &gt;綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物之調製及圖案 形成 在實施例8中,除了取代以實施例1所獲得化合物( iv)而使用前述「IRGACURE OXE02」(汽巴精化股份有 限公司製造)或前述「N-1919」(旭電化工業股份有限公 司製造)以外,其餘則以相同的方式調製綠色光硬化性樹 脂組成物,並形成圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 &lt;實施例9至1 1 &gt; 在實施例6至8的各自除了取代以實施例1所獲得化 合物(iv )而使用以實施例2所獲得化合物(v )以外, 其餘則以相同的方式調製藍色光硬化性樹脂組成物、紅色 光硬化性樹脂組成物及綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物,並形成 圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 〈實施例1 2至1 4 &gt; -107- 201140240 在實施例6至8的各自除了取代以實施例1所獲得化 合物(iv )而使用以實施例3所獲得化合物(vi )以外, 其餘則以相同的方式調製藍色光硬化性樹脂組成物、紅色 光硬化性樹脂組成物及綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物,並形成 圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 〈實施例1 5至1 7 &gt; 在實施例6至8的各自除了取代以實施例1所獲得化 合物(iv )而使用實施例4所獲得化合物(X )以外,其 餘則以相同的方式調製藍色光硬化性樹脂組成物、紅色光 硬化性樹脂組成物及綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物,並形成圖 案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示0 &lt;實施例1 8至2 0 &gt; 在實施例6至8的各自除了取代以實施例1所獲得化 合物(iv )而使用以實施例5所獲得化合物(xii )以外, 其餘則以相同的方式調製藍色光硬化性樹脂組成物、紅色 光硬化性樹脂組成物及綠色光硬化性樹脂組成物,並形成 圖案。 感度、解析度、顯影性及密著性之評估結果如表9所 示。 -108- 201140240 表9 光聚合引發劑 感度 解析度 顯影性 密著性 實施例6 化合物(iv) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例9 化合物(V) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例12 化合物(v〇 A a 〇 ◎ 實施例15 化合物(X) A a 〇 〇 實施例18 化合物(xii) A a 〇 ◎ 比較例1 OXE02 B b 〇 〇 比較例2 N-1919 B b 〇 〇 實施例7 化合物(iv) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例10 化合物(V) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例13 化合物〇i) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例16 化合物(X) A a 〇 〇 實施例19 化合物(xii) A a 〇 ◎ 比較例3 OXE02 B b 〇 〇 比較例4 N-1919 B b 〇 〇 實施例8 化合物(iv) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例11 化合物(V) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例14 化合物(vi) A a 〇 ◎ 實施例Π 化合物(X) A a 〇 〇 實施例20 化合物(xii) A a 〇 ◎ 比較例5 OXE02 B b 〇 〇 比較例6 N-1919 B b 〇 〇 由表9即可得知’含有本發明之光聚合引發劑之光硬 化性組成物是具有與含有先前的光聚合引發劑之光硬化性 組成物爲同等之顯影性,此外,關於感度、解析度及密著 性方面,則比含有先前的光聚合引發劑之光硬化性組成物 爲優異。因此,含有本發明之光聚合引發劑之光硬化性組 成物可稱得上是具有優異的深部硬化性。 〔產業上之利用可能性〕 本發明之光聚合引發劑’由於對光(特別是波長爲 45 0 nm以下之短波長的光)的感度高,可加以薄膜化, 且由於可以低成本形成高品質之圖案’並且,與具有烯鍵 性不飽和鍵之化合物(特別是具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之 化合物)的相溶性或對溶劑的溶解性高,可用作爲包含在 -109- 201140240 彩色濾光片用光硬化性組成物中之光聚合引發劑’以及包 含在高遮光性之黑色矩陣用光硬化性組成物之光聚合引發 劑。 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖爲展示本發明之液晶顯示裝置模式圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 透明基板 2 遮光部 3 著色層 10 彩色爐光片 20 對置基板 30 液晶層 40 液晶顯示裝置 -110-Tps ° &lt;Comparative Example 5,6 &gt; Preparation and Patterning of Green Photocurable Resin Composition In Example 8, the above-mentioned "IRGACURE OXE02" (Vapor) was used instead of the compound (iv) obtained in Example 1. Other than the above-mentioned "N-1919" (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), the green photocurable resin composition was prepared in the same manner and patterned. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. &lt;Examples 9 to 1 1 &gt; Each of Examples 6 to 8 was used in the same manner except that the compound (v) obtained in Example 2 was used instead of the compound (v) obtained in Example 1. A blue photocurable resin composition, a red photocurable resin composition, and a green photocurable resin composition are prepared and patterned. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. <Example 1 to 2 4 &gt; -107- 201140240 Each of Examples 6 to 8 was used except for the compound (vi) obtained in Example 3 except for the compound (iv) obtained in Example 1, and the others were The blue photocurable resin composition, the red photocurable resin composition, and the green photocurable resin composition were prepared in the same manner to form a pattern. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. <Examples 1 to 5 7 &gt; Each of Examples 6 to 8 was prepared in the same manner except that the compound (X) obtained in Example 4 was used instead of the compound (iv) obtained in Example 1. A blue photocurable resin composition, a red photocurable resin composition, and a green photocurable resin composition are patterned. The results of evaluation of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. 0 &lt;Examples 18 to 20 &gt; Each of Examples 6 to 8 was replaced by the compound obtained in Example 1 (iv) The blue photocurable resin composition, the red photocurable resin composition, and the green photocurable resin composition were prepared in the same manner except that the compound (xii) obtained in Example 5 was used, and a pattern was formed. The evaluation results of sensitivity, resolution, developability, and adhesion are shown in Table 9. -108- 201140240 Table 9 Photopolymerization Initiator Sensitivity Resolution Developability Adhesion Example 6 Compound (iv) A a 〇 ◎ Example 9 Compound (V) A a 〇 ◎ Example 12 Compound (v〇A a 〇 ◎ Example 15 Compound (X) A a 〇〇 Example 18 Compound (xii) A a 〇 ◎ Comparative Example 1 OXE02 B b 〇〇 Comparative Example 2 N-1919 B b 〇〇 Example 7 Compound (iv) A a 〇 ◎ Example 10 Compound (V) A a 〇 ◎ Example 13 Compound 〇i) A a 〇 ◎ Example 16 Compound (X) A a 〇〇 Example 19 Compound (xii) A a 〇 ◎ Comparative Example 3 OXE02 B b 〇〇Comparative Example 4 N-1919 B b 〇〇 Example 8 Compound (iv) A a 〇 ◎ Example 11 Compound (V) A a 〇 ◎ Example 14 Compound (vi) A a 〇 ◎ Example Π Compound (X) A a 〇〇 Example 20 Compound (xii) A a 〇 ◎ Comparative Example 5 OXE02 B b 〇〇 Comparative Example 6 N-1919 B b 〇〇 From Table 9, it can be known that 'the light containing the present invention The photocurable composition of the polymerization initiator has and contains a photopolymerization initiator of the prior art. Curable composition is equivalent to the developer, in addition, about the sensitivity, resolution and adhesion aspects, the specific previous photopolymerization initiator agent to the curable composition containing excellent. Therefore, the photocurable composition containing the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention can be said to have excellent deep hardenability. [Industrial Applicability] The photopolymerization initiator of the present invention has a high sensitivity to light (especially a short-wavelength light having a wavelength of 45 nm or less), can be thinned, and can be formed at a low cost. The pattern of quality 'and compatibility with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (particularly a compound having a (meth) acryloxy group) or a solubility in a solvent can be used as contained in -109-201140240 A photopolymerization initiator in a photocurable composition for a color filter and a photopolymerization initiator for a photocurable composition for a black matrix having high light-shielding properties. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a liquid crystal display device of the present invention. [Description of main component symbols] 1 Transparent substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Colored furnace light sheet 20 Counter substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display device -110-

Claims (1)

201140240 七、申請專利範圍: 1 · 一種以下列通式(I)所代表的光聚合引發劑 Π d1201140240 VII. Patent application scope: 1 · A photopolymerization initiator represented by the following general formula (I) Π d1 (式中,R1至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素原子 、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之院基、經取代 或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經取代或未經取 代之形成環之原子數爲3至1〇之環烷基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷氧基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數 爲1至20之烷醯基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至 20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至 14之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至 14之雜環基’ R3是可與R4或R5 —起形成環,R4是可 與R5 —起形成環; 此外,ΑΓ是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲( 至14之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲, 至14之雜芳基; -111 - 201140240 w是代表單鍵或氧原子;Z是代表單鍵、氧原子或&gt; NR3’( R3’是代表經取代或未經取代之碳數爲丨至20之 烷基,或R3’是與R3連接而與氮原子一起形成環); η是代表1至10之整數,η爲2至1〇之整數的情況, 複數個R4及R5是各自可爲相同或不同)。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之光聚合引發劑,其係可以下列 通式(I-a)所代表: /R1(wherein R1 to R11 are independently substituted for a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20, and a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20 a substituted, unsubstituted or substituted ring-forming alkyl group having 3 to 1 ring atomic number, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxy group, substituted or unsubstituted Alkoxy groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl alkano groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted ring forming atomic number 3 to 14 of the heterocyclic group 'R3 may form a ring together with R4 or R5, and R4 may form a ring together with R5; further, ΑΓ is a substituted or unsubstituted ring forming carbon number (to 14 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted ring forming atomic number, to 14 heteroaryl; -111 - 201140240 w is a single bond or oxygen atom; Z is Form bond, oxygen atom or &gt; NR3' (R3' is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having a carbon number of 20 to 20, or R3' is bonded to R3 to form a ring together with a nitrogen atom); In the case of an integer from 1 to 10, where η is an integer from 2 to 1 ,, the plurality of R 4 and R 5 may each be the same or different). 2 · The photopolymerization initiator of claim 1 of the patent application may be Representative of the following general formula (Ia): /R1 (式中’R至R 是各自獨ϋ地代表氫原子、_素原子 、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基、經取代; 或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經取代或未經取 代之形成環之原子數爲3至1〇之環烷基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷氧基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數 爲1至2 0之烷醯基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至 20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至 1 4之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至 I4之雜環基,R3是可與R4或R5 —起形成環,R4是可 -112- 201140240 與R5 —起形成環; 此外,Ar是代表經取件 代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6 至1 4之芳基或經取代柿 未經取代之形成環之原子數爲5 至14之雜芳基; η疋代表1至1〇之整數’ n爲2至1〇之整數的情況, 複數個“及R5是各自可爲相同或不同)。 3 .如申請專利範圍第2 .項, 聚合引發劑,其中在該通式 (I - a )中,R1、R2及 r 3曰々丄 &amp; K 疋各自獨立地爲經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲1至20之惊其 , (坑基,η爲2,複數個尺4及R5 是各自獨立地爲氫原子或裡 卞4 取代或未經取代之碳數爲1 至2〇之烷基,Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數 爲6至14之芳基。 4. 如申請專利嶋2項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通式 (I-a)巾’ R、R &amp; R3帛各自獨立地爲經取代或未經 取代之碳數爲lS2〇之院基’ „爲2,複數個R4及rS 是各自獨立地爲氣原子或經取代或未經取代之碳數爲! 至20之烷基,Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子 數爲5至14之雜芳基。 5. 如申請專利範圍第3 $ 4項之光聚合引發劑,其分子量 爲5 1 5以下》 6 .如申請專利範圍第2項之光聚合引發 n引發劑,其中在該通式 (I-a)中,Ri及R2是各自獨立 场税驭代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷基,R3是經肋件4 疋纪取代或未經取代之碳 數爲3至18之環院基’ 2,複數個…及R5是各自 -113- 201140240 獨立地爲氫原子或經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20 之烷基。 7. 如申請專利範圍第2項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通式 (I - a )中,R1及R2是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷基’R3是經形成環之原子數爲3 至6之環狀醚基所取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基,η爲2 ,複數個R4及R5是各自獨立地爲氫原子或經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基。 8. 如申請專利範圍第6或7項之光聚合引發劑,其分子量 爲5 5 0以下。 9 .如申請專利範圍第1項之光聚合引發劑,其係可以下列 通式(I-b)所代表: 〇、、/R1(wherein 'R to R are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a _ atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted; or an unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 1 ring atomic number, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxy group, substituted or Unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkane having 1 to 20 carbon atoms a substituted, unsubstituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 or a substituted or unsubstituted ring. a heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 atoms, R3 may form a ring together with R4 or R5, and R4 may be -112-201140240 together with R5 to form a ring; further, Ar represents a generation or an The substituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or the unsubstituted substituted heteroaryl group having 5 to 14 atomic groups; η疋 represents an integer of 1 to 1 ' 'n is 2 To 1〇 In the case of an integer, a plurality of "and R5 may each be the same or different." 3. As in the scope of claim 2, a polymerization initiator, wherein in the formula (I - a), R1, R2 and r 3 曰々丄 &amp; K 疋 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20, (pit basis, η is 2, plural scales 4 and R5 are each independently hydrogen Atom or 卞4 substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 2 Å carbon atoms, and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14. 4. a photopolymerization initiator according to item 2, wherein in the formula (Ia), the towels 'R, R &amp; R3帛 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted, and the number of carbon atoms is 1S2〇, which is 2, plural R4 and rS are each independently a gas atom or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of from ! to 20, and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having a ring number of 5 to 14. 5. The photopolymerization initiator according to the patent application No. 3 $ 4 has a molecular weight of 5 15 or less. 6. The photopolymerization is initiated according to the second item of the patent application. n initiator, wherein in the formula (Ia), Ri and R2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and R3 is substituted or not by the rib member 4 The substituted ring having a carbon number of 3 to 18 is 2, a plurality of ... and R5 is each -113 - 201140240 independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 7. The photopolymerization initiator according to claim 2, wherein in the formula (I - a ), R1 and R2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted carbon having a carbon number of 1 to 20 The base 'R3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted by a cyclic ether group having 3 to 6 atomic groups forming a ring, and η is 2, and the plurality of R4 and R5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 8. The photopolymerization initiator according to claim 6 or 7, which has a molecular weight of 550 or less. 9. The photopolymerization initiator according to item 1 of the patent application, which can be represented by the following formula (I-b): 〇, , /R1 (式中,R1至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素原子 、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷基、經取代 或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯基、經取代或未經取 代之形成環之原子數爲3至10之環烷基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基、經取代或未 -114- 201140240 經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷氧基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數 爲1至20之垸醯基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至 20之稀醯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至 1 4之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至 1 4之雜環基; Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至j 4 之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲5至14 之雜方基; W是代表單鍵或氧原子;ζ是代表單鍵、氧原子或&gt; NR3 ( R3是代表經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2〇之 烷基,或R3’是與R3連接而與氮原子一起形成環))^ 10.如申請專利範圍第9項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通 式(I-b )中’ R1及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取 代之碳數爲1至20之烷基,w是氧原子,2是單鍵或 氧原子,Ar是經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲6 至14之芳基。 1 1 ·如申請專利範圍第1 0項之光聚合引發劑,其中更進一 步R2是具有以—〇C〇R13(R丨3是代表碳數爲1至20之 烷基或形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基)或一 COOR20( R2Q是代表碳數爲1至20之烷基或形成環之碳數爲6 至14之芳基)所代表的酯基之碳數爲1至20之烷基。 1 2 ·如申請專利範圍第9項之光聚合引發劑,其中在該通 式(I-b )中’ R1及R3是各自獨立地爲經取代或未經取 -115- 201140240 代之碳數爲1至20之烷基,W是單鍵,Z是&gt;NR3’( R3’是如前述之定義所示),Ar是經取代或未經取代之 形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基。 13. 如申請專利範圍第12項之光聚合引發劑,其中更進— 步R2是具有以—OCOR13 (R13是代表碳數爲1至2〇之 垸基或形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基)或~c〇OR20( R2()是代表碳數爲1至20之烷基或形成環之碳數爲6 至14之芳基)所代表的酯基之碳數爲1至20之烷基。 14. 一種光硬化性組成物,其係含有黏合劑樹脂及/或具有 烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物' 及如申請專利範圍第1至 1 3項中任一項之光聚合引發劑。 1 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 4項之光硬化性組成物,其中光聚 合引發劑之含量相對於光硬化性組成物之固體成分爲2 至5 0質量%。 1 6 .如申請專利範圍第1 4或1 5項之光硬化性組成物,其 中更進一步含有顏色材料。 1 7 .如申請專利範圍第1 4至1 6項中任一項之光硬化性組 成物,其中更進一步相對於1質量份之光聚合引發劑而 含有5至100質量份之具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵且在25 °C爲 液體之化合物。 1 8 .如申請專利範圍第1 4至1 6項中任一項之光硬化性組 成物,其中具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物是使用至少一 種具有醚鍵及/或酯鍵的具有烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物 ,且含有之溶劑僅爲光硬化性組成物總量之1 0質量% -116- 201140240 以下。 1 9 .如申請專利範圍第1 6至1 8項中任一項之光硬化性組 成物,其係用於彩色濾光片。 20.—種彩色濾光片,其係使用如申請專利範圍第16至18 項中任一項之光硬化性組成物。 2 1 種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有如申請專利範圍第20項 之彩色濾光片與對置基板、及形成於該彩色濾光片與該 對置基板間之液晶層。 22.—種圖案形成方法,其係藉由在基板上塗布如申請專 利範圍第1 6至1 8項中任一項之光硬化性組成物,經乾 燥後使用光罩加以曝光,接著進行顯影。 2 3 . —種光聚合引發劑之製造方法,其係藉由下列步驟而 獲得以下列通式(I - a 1 )所代表的光聚合引發劑:(wherein R1 to R11 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20 Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 ring atoms, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxy group, substituted or not-114 - 201140240 Substituted alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20 Mercapto group, substituted or unsubstituted thiol group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or substituted or unsubstituted a heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 atomic number of the ring; Ar is an atomic group representing a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon group of 6 to j 4 or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom a heterocyclic group of 5 to 14; W represents a single bond or an oxygen atom; ζ represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or &gt; NR3 (R3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 2 〇 The alkyl group, or R3', is bonded to R3 to form a ring together with the nitrogen atom.) 10. The photopolymerization initiator of claim 9, wherein in the formula (Ib), 'R1 and R3 are each Independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, w is an oxygen atom, 2 is a single bond or an oxygen atom, and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted ring forming carbon number of 6 to 14 aryl. 1 1 · The photopolymerization initiator as claimed in claim 10, wherein further R 2 has a carbon number of -〇C〇R13 (R丨3 is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 or a ring is formed) The number of carbon atoms of the ester group represented by an aryl group of 6 to 14 or a COOR 20 (R2Q is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms forming a ring) is 1 to 20 Alkyl group. The photopolymerization initiator of claim 9, wherein in the formula (Ib), 'R1 and R3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted -115- 201140240, and the carbon number is 1 An alkyl group of 20, W is a single bond, Z is &gt;NR3' (R3' is as defined above), and Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 formed into a ring. . 13. The photopolymerization initiator according to claim 12, wherein further R2 has a ruthenium group of -OCOR13 (R13 represents a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å or a ring forms a carbon number of 6 to 14) The aryl group or ~c〇OR20 (R2() is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 or an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 forming a ring) has a carbon number of 1 to 20 Alkyl group. A photocurable composition comprising a binder resin and/or a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a photopolymerization initiator according to any one of claims 1 to 13. The photocurable composition of claim 14, wherein the content of the photopolymerization initiator is from 2 to 50% by mass based on the solid content of the photocurable composition. A photocurable composition according to claim 14 or 15 of the patent application, further comprising a color material. The photocurable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising 5 to 100 parts by mass of an ether bond with respect to 1 part by mass of the photopolymerization initiator / or ester bond and a compound that is liquid at 25 ° C. The photocurable composition according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is at least one having an ether bond and/or an ester bond. The compound of the bond unsaturated bond, and the solvent contained therein is only 10% by mass of the total amount of the photocurable composition - 116 to 201140240 or less. The photocurable composition according to any one of claims 16 to 18, which is used for a color filter. A color filter using the photocurable composition according to any one of claims 16 to 18. A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter and the counter substrate of claim 20, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. 22. A method of forming a pattern by coating a photocurable composition according to any one of claims 16 to 18 on a substrate, drying it, using a photomask, and then performing development. . A method for producing a photopolymerization initiator which is obtained by the following steps to obtain a photopolymerization initiator represented by the following formula (I - a 1 ): (式中’ R1至R3、R4’、R5’、R6至R11及Ar是如下述 定義所示), 該步驟係包括:將以下列通式(1 )所代表的咔唑衍生 物: -117- 201140240 R6 R11(wherein 'R1 to R3, R4', R5', R6 to R11 and Ar are as defined below), the step comprising: a carbazole derivative represented by the following formula (1): -117 - 201140240 R6 R11 (式中,R6至R11是各自獨立地代表氫原子、鹵素原 子' 經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基、經取 代或未經取代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯基、經取代或未經 取代之形成環之原子數爲3至10之環烷基、經取代或 未經取代之碳數爲4至20之環烯基、羥基、經取代或 未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷氧基、經取代或未經取 代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳 數爲1至20之烷醯基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2 至20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數爲 6至1 4之芳基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數 爲3至1 4之雜環基), 與以下列通式(2a )所代表的丙烯酸酯衍生物: 0 r4.^A〇/R3 (2 a) R5, (式中,R3、R4’及R5’是各自獨立地代表氫原子、_ 素原子、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷基、 經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至2 0之烯基、經取代或 未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至1 0之環烷基、經取 代或未經取代之碳數爲4至2 0之環烯基、羥基 '經取 代或未經取代之碳數爲1至2 0之烷氧基、經取代或未 經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基、經取代或未經取代 之碳數爲1至20之烷醯基、經取代或未經取代之碳數 -118- 201140240 爲2至20之烯醯基、經取代或未經取代之 數爲6至14之芳基或經取代或未經取代之 子數爲3至14之雜環基,R3是可與R5,— 在鹼的存在下進行反應而獲得以下列通式( 表的羰基烷基導入體.: ^成環之碳 丨成環之原 i形成環) 3a’)所代 R6 R11 (式中,R3(wherein R6 to R11 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20; Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 ring atoms, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxy group, substituted or unsubstituted An alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl alkene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom The number of 3 to 14 heterocyclic groups, and the acrylate derivative represented by the following formula (2a): 0 r4.^A〇/R3 (2 a) R5, (wherein, R3, R4' And R5' are each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a _ atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, Substituted or not Instead, a cycloalkyl group having a ring number of 3 to 10, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and a hydroxyl group substituted or unsubstituted have a carbon number of 1 to 20 alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl alkano group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted Carbon number -118- 201140240 is an alkenyl group of 2 to 20, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group of 6 to 14 or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 subunits, R3 is It can be reacted with R5, in the presence of a base to obtain a ring of the following formula (the carbonylalkyl group of the formula:: ^ ring-forming carbon oxime to form a ring) 3a') by R6 R11 ( Where, R3 是如前述 將所獲得羰基院基導入體與以下列通式(4) 代表的兩種醯化劑: Ο A X (4) R2 儿 χ_ (5) (式中’ X是代表鹵素原子或_〇C(=〇)Ar, 鹵素原子或—〇C( = 0)r2 ; Ar是代表經取代或未經取代之形成環之碳數 之方基或經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子 14之雜芳基; L定義所示 、(5 )所 X’是代表 爲6至14 數爲5至 -119- 201140240 R2是代表氫原子、鹵素原子、經取代或未經取代之碳 數爲1至20之烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至 2〇之烯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子數爲3 至1 〇之環烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4至20之 環烯基、羥基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之 烷氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯氧基 、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1至20之烷醯基、經取 代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯醯基、經取代或未 經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至14之芳基或經取代或$ 經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至14之雜環基), 在路易斯酸的存在下進行反應而獲得以下列通式(6a, )所代表的二酮體:The carbonyl group-introducing body obtained as described above and the two deuterating agents represented by the following formula (4): Ο AX (4) R2 χ χ (5) (wherein X represents a halogen atom or _〇 C(=〇)Ar, a halogen atom or —〇C(=0)r2; Ar is a radical representing a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number forming a ring or a substituted or unsubstituted atom forming a ring 14 Heteroaryl; L definition is shown, (5) where X' is represented by 6 to 14 and 5 to -119- 201140240 R2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 An alkyl group of 20, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 2 Å, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 1 ring atomic number, substituted or unsubstituted a substituted cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20 a substituted, unsubstituted or substituted alkanofluorenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon number An aryl group of 6 to 14 or a substituted or substituted group of a heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 ring atoms, which is represented by the following formula (6a, ) is carried out in the presence of a Lewis acid. Diketone body: (式中,R2、R3、R4’、R5’、R6至R&quot;及Ar是如前述 之定義所示); 將所獲得二酮體與羥基胺進行反應而獲得以下列通式( 7 a ’)所代表的肟體: -120- (7201140240(wherein R2, R3, R4', R5', R6 to R&quot; and Ar are as defined above); reacting the obtained diketone body with a hydroxylamine to obtain the following formula (7a' ) represented by the carcass: -120- (7201140240 R2 10 R' R: (式中 之定義 以及將 進行反 發劑: (式中 此外, 代之碳 爲2至 數爲3 至20 至20之 稀氧基 、經取 代或未 代或未 R2 ' R3 所示); 所獲得肟體與以下列 應而獲得以下列通式 R6 至 R1 及A: 是如前述 通式( 戶斤代表的酯化劑 (1 al )所代表的光聚合引 R人(8) ’ Y是代表鹵素原子或-〇C(:= 〇)Rl ; R1是代表氫原子 '齒素原子、經取代或未經取 數爲1至20之烷基、經取代或未經取代之碳數 20之烯基、經取代或未經取代之形成環之原子 至1 〇之環院基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲4 之環嫌基、羥基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲1 :院氧基、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之 、經取代或未經取代之碳數爲〗至20之烷醯基 代或未經取代之碳數爲2至20之烯醯基、經取 經取代之形成環之碳數爲6至1 4之芳基或經取 經取代之形成環之原子數爲3至14之雜環基) -121 -R2 10 R' R: (defined in the formula and will be used as a counter-reagent: (in addition, carbon is 2 to 3 to 20 to 20, diloxy, substituted or unsubstituted or not R2' R3 is shown; the obtained steroids are obtained by the following formulas R6 to R1 and A: are photopolymerizations represented by the above-mentioned formula (1 gal represented by the amine) (8) 'Y is a halogen atom or -〇C(:= 〇)Rl; R1 is a hydrogen atom 'dentate atom, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group of 1 to 20, substituted or not Substituted carbon number 20 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom to 1 fluorene ring, substituted or unsubstituted carbon ring of 4, hydroxy, substituted or not Substituted carbon number of 1: anoxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 20, substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of dec. An olefin group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms formed by substitution, or a heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 atoms formed by substitution of a substituted ring) -12 1 -
TW100106359A 2010-02-25 2011-02-25 Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern forming method, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing photopolymerization initiator TWI501035B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010040739 2010-02-25
JP2010214536 2010-09-24
JP2010219974 2010-09-29

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201140240A true TW201140240A (en) 2011-11-16
TWI501035B TWI501035B (en) 2015-09-21

Family

ID=44506920

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100106359A TWI501035B (en) 2010-02-25 2011-02-25 Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern forming method, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing photopolymerization initiator

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JP5626332B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI501035B (en)
WO (1) WO2011105518A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI611219B (en) * 2013-03-29 2018-01-11 富士軟片股份有限公司 Method for manufacturing color filter, color filter and solid-state imaging sensing device
TWI742244B (en) * 2017-02-14 2021-10-11 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Color filter and image display device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011105518A1 (en) * 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern formation method, colour filter, lcd device, and manufacturing method for photopolymerization initiator
JP5735405B2 (en) * 2011-11-30 2015-06-17 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TWI668210B (en) * 2013-11-28 2019-08-11 塔可馬科技股份有限公司 Photoinitiator and photosensitive composition including the same
TW202307570A (en) 2021-08-13 2023-02-16 達興材料股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and use thereof, display device, semiconductor device which is specially composed of an oxime ester compound and has good film-forming properties

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4493487B2 (en) * 2004-12-03 2010-06-30 凸版印刷株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter using the same
KR100957021B1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2010-05-13 타코마테크놀러지 주식회사 Oxim ester compounds, photosensitive composition comprising the same and usage
JP2009221334A (en) * 2008-03-14 2009-10-01 Fujifilm Corp Photopolymerization initiator, polymerizable composition, polymerizable composition for color filter, color filter, method for producing it, and, solid-state imaging device
WO2011105518A1 (en) * 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern formation method, colour filter, lcd device, and manufacturing method for photopolymerization initiator

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI611219B (en) * 2013-03-29 2018-01-11 富士軟片股份有限公司 Method for manufacturing color filter, color filter and solid-state imaging sensing device
TWI742244B (en) * 2017-02-14 2021-10-11 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Color filter and image display device
US11579346B2 (en) 2017-02-14 2023-02-14 Dongwoo Fine-Chem Co., Ltd. Color filter and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2011105518A1 (en) 2011-09-01
JP2012251128A (en) 2012-12-20
JP5626332B2 (en) 2014-11-19
JP5477367B2 (en) 2014-04-23
JPWO2011105518A1 (en) 2013-06-20
TWI501035B (en) 2015-09-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI679250B (en) Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, color filter comprising color conversion layer using the same and display device
TWI654487B (en) Black photosensitive resin composition, black matrix using same, and image display device comprising the black matrix
TWI647283B (en) Compound, color composition containing the same, resin composition containing the same, color filter, and display device
TWI622586B (en) Compound, colorant composition comprising the same and resin composition comprising the same, photosensitive material, color filter, display device
TW201242931A (en) Oxime ester compound and photoinitiator containing said compound
TW201140240A (en) Photopolymerization initiator, photocurable composition, pattern forming method, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing photopolymerization initiator
TWI516864B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6562470B2 (en) COMPOUND, COLOR MATERIAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THE SAME AND RESIN COMPOSITION CONTAINING THE SAME {COMPUND, COLORANT COMPOSION COMPRISING THE SAME AND RESIN COMPOSITION COMPRISING THE SAME}
TWI764041B (en) Compound, colorant composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
TWI424271B (en) A colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device having the same
TW201422645A (en) Styryl-based compound, coloring agent comprising styryl-based compound, photoresist resin composition comprising coloring agent, photosensitive material manufactured by using the photoresist resin composition, color filter comprising the same and display
TWI676627B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photocurable pattern formed from the same and image display comprising the pattern
TW201027243A (en) Colored composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
TWI720043B (en) Method for preparing column spacer
TW201840626A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and light shielding spacer prepared therefrom
JP2019003180A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and light-shielding spacer prepared therefrom
JP6631861B2 (en) Compound, coloring material composition containing the same and resin composition containing the same
TW201635029A (en) Black photosensitive resin composition, black matrix and image display device comprising thereof
TWI761701B (en) Colorant composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
TWI813834B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
TWI705063B (en) Xanthene-based compound, colorant composition, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive material, color filter and display device
TWI725631B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
KR102300329B1 (en) Blue photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
KR101744197B1 (en) Fluorene derivatives, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
CN112204466A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive material, color filter and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees